Skip to main content

Full text of "Physical Fitness Manual"

See other formats


GA 
N200 
.Ml 
1984 
P45 


Law  Enforcement 

hysical  Fitness  Manual 


Department  Of  Natural  Resources 


RECEIVED 


Documents 
UGA  LIBRARIES" 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/physicalfitnessmOOgeor 


CO 


CD 


O 

o 


o 

0 


03 


Table  of  Contents 

PREFACE 

Physical  Fitness  10 

Commissioner's  Memorandum  11 

INTRODUCTION 

Purpose  of  the  Program   14 

The  Program:  An  Overview  15 

PART  I   17 

AEROBIC  FITNESS  AND  WORK  CAPACITY 

Fitness  and  Work  Capacity 18 

Step  Test  18 

Personal  Fitness 20 

Five  Cardiac  Risk  Factors   20 

1 .  Hyperlipidemic  21 

2.  Hypertension  21 

3.  Cigarette  Smoking  22 

4.  Overweight   22 

5.  Physical  Inactivity  23 

Lifestyle  24 

Self-Scoring  Test,  Heart  Attack  and  Stroke  Risk  25 

How  It  Feels  To  Have  A  Heart  Attack  26 

Stroke  26 

Back  Injuries  27 

Fitness  and  Health  28 


PART  II 31 

AEROBIC  FITNESS  PRESCRIPTIONS 

Determining  Medical  Fitness   32 

Your  Fitness  Prescription 33 

Intensity   33 

Heart  Rate  Training  Zones  35 

Duration   36 

Frequency  36 

The  Right  Exercise   37 

Physical  Activity  Index  38 

Aerobic  Fitness  Prescriptions  Chart 39 

Applying  Your  Fitness  Prescription    41 

Warm-Up/Cool-Down  43 

Warm-Up   43 

Cool-Down  44 

Specificity   44 

Exercises  Warm-up 45 

Aerobic  Training  Session    58 

Great  Expectations   59 

Walk-Jog-Run  Programs  59 

Starter  Programs  61 

Red  Walking  Program  61 

White  Walk-Jog  Program  62 

Blue  Jogging  Program  62 

Intermediate  Program  (Jog-Run)  12  Weeks   63 

Advanced  Aerobic  Training  70 

Aerobic  Supplements  71 

Skipping  Rope  71 

Run  In  Place  72 

Stationary  Bicycle   72 

Treadmill    72 

Bench  Stepping  73 

Stair  Running  73 

Maintaining  Aerobic  Fitness  73 

Year-Round  Activity   74 


PART  III    75 

MUSCULAR  FITNESS  AND  WORK  CAPACITY 

Muscular  Strength  76 

Muscular  Endurance  77 

Flexibility  and  Stretching  77 

Stretching  Techniques  for  Increased  Flexibility 78 

Static  Stretching   78 

Upper  Body,  Trunk,  and  Lower  Back 

Stretching  Exercises  80 

Other  Muscular  Fitness  Factors  86 

Balance  86 

Agility  86 

Skill  86 

Muscular  Fitness  87 

Weight  Training    87 

Safety  Precautions  89 

Muscular  Strength  and  Endurance  Exercises   90 

Exercises  For  The  Lower  Back  97 

PART  IV    1 05 

SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS 

Running    106 

Shoes    1 06 

Clothing    107 

Running  Technique   107 

When  and  Where?   108 

Environmental  Factors  109 

Heat  and  Exercise  109 

Hot  Weather  Warning  Signs 111 

Altitude  and  Exercise  112 

Air  Pollution  and  Exercise  112 


PART  IV  —  (CONTINUED) 

Exercise  Problems  113 

Blisters  113 

Muscle  Soreness  113 

Muscle  Cramps 114 

Bone  Bruises   114 

Ankle  Problems   114 

Achilles  Tendon  115 

Shin  Splints  115 

Knee  Problems  116 

Low  Back  Pain    116 

Stressful  Exercises 117 

Sudden  Vigorous  Exercise  117 

Warning  Signs  117 

Group  No.  1   117 

Group  No.  2  118 

Group  No.  3  118 

PART  V   119 

FITNESS  AND  WEIGHT  CONTROL 

Death  Rate  and  Overweight 1 20 

Height  and  Weight  Table  1 22 

Cause  of  Obesity 1 23 

Health  Problems  Associated  with  Obesity 1 24 

Changes  in  Normal  Body  Function  1 24 

Risk  of  Disease  1 25 

Effects  On  Established  Diseases  1 25 

Treatment,  Prevention,  and  Control  of  Obesity  1 25 

Diet   125 

Short  Method  for  Assessment  of  Energy  Expenditure  128 

Cooper  Guidelines  for  Healthy  "Prudent"  Diet  129 

Cooper  Guidelines  for  Losing  Weight    131 

Habit  Examples  —  Exercise  1 34 


PART  V  -  (CONTINUED) 

Habit  Examples  —  Diet  ....  135 

Caloric  Cost  of  Various  Activities  1 37 

Counting  Calories   141 

Calories  in  Food  Chart  141 

PART  VI    1 47 

STRESS 

Relaxation  Therapy  Environment  1 50 

Stages  of  Relaxtion  1 50 

Prevention  Through  Education  151 

Stress  Rating  Scale  1 52 

PART  VII  1 55 

PHYSICAL  FITNESS  ASSESSMENT 

Resting  Heart  Rate 1 56 

Police  Officer  Standards  for  Resting  Heart  Rate  1 57 

Resting  Blood  Pressure  157 

Police  Officer  Standards  for  Resting  Blood  Pressure  1 58 

Bench  Step  Test   1 59 

Muscular  Endurance  1 60 

Push-Ups  1 61 

Sit-Ups  1 62 

Flexibility  1 64 

Fitness  Classification  —  Flexibility  Females  166 

Fitness  Classification  —  Flexibility  Males   166 

Fitness  Classification  —  Leg  Press  —  Females   1 67 

Fitness  Classification  —  Leg  Press  —  Males    1 67 

Fitness  Classification  —  Bench  Press  —  Females  168 

Fitness  Classification  —  Bench  Press  —  Males  168 


PART  VI!  —  (CONTINUED) 

Individual  Body  Composition  169 

Skinfold  Measurement  1 70 

Order  and  Location  of  Skinfold  Measurements  170 

Percent  Fat  Estimates  for  Men  (Under  40)  1 73 

Percent  Fat  Estimates  for  Men  (Over  40)  1 74 

Percent  Fat  Estimates  for  Women   175 

Male  —  %  Body  Fat 1 76 

Female  — %  Body  Fat 176 

Formula  for  Determining  Maximum  and 

Training  Heart  Rate  (THR)   177 


PART  VIII  1 79 

CONCLUSION 

Personal  Goals  1 80 

How  to  Exercise  181 

Exercise  Precautions  181 

Spasmodic  Exercise  181 

Prolonged  Fatigue  181 

Alcohol  181 

Cigarette  Smoking  1 82 

Chest  Pain 1 82 

Shortness  of  Breath   1 82 

Competition  1 83 

Sports  1 83 

Sweating  and  Salt 1 83 

Staleness  1 83 

Medication    1 84 

Overemphasis   1 84 

Remember  Your  Age  1 84 

Time  1 85 


PART  VIII  —  (CONTINUED) 

Evaluation  Activities  1 85 

Special  Mention  186 

History  1 87 

Selected  Reference  Book  List  208 

Acknowledgments  209 


8 


'■  \ 


1  '« 


Physical  Fitness 


PERHAPS  great  great  grandfather  was  being  chased  by  wild 
Indians,  or  a  bear,  or  maybe  he  was  simply  covering  a  long  distance 
that  he  had  to  travel  as  quickly  as  possible,  with  his  only  means  of 
transportation  —  on  foot.  At  any  rate,  it  is  not  hard  to  envision  him  a 
long  distance  runner  of  years  past,  in  perfect  physical  condition. 
We  can  imagine  him  getting  his  second  wind  quickly. 

IF  he  managed  to  survive  many  years  in  those  rather  brutal 
days,  there  is  no  doubt  that  his  muscles  must  have  possessed  a 
deep-rooted  strength.  He  was  probably  confident  in  the  knowl- 
edge that  he  would  be  able  to  continue  running  until  safety  was 
reached,  the  journey  was  ended,  or  the  wilderness  had  been 
overcome. 

OF  course,  it  would  never  be  accurate  to  imply,  of  any  period 
of  history,  that  physical  fitness  totally  overshadowed  mental  alert- 
ness or  intelligence.  However,  the  hardships  of  pioneer  America 
demanded  that  people  like  great  great  grandfather  develop  strong, 
physically  fit  bodies  in  order  to  cope  with  the  prevailing  life  style  of 
those  rough  and  vigorously  active  times. 

TWENTIETH  Century  Americans  have  been  accused  of  phys- 
ical flabbiness;  they  are  encouraged  to  make  a  conscious  effort  to 
develop  their  physical  potential.  This  is,  no  doubt,  excellent  advice. 
Even  though  the  safe,  American  way  of  life  does  not  demand 
extreme  muscular  fitness,  it  is  true  that  simple  good  health  always 
requires  exercise.  Beyond  this,  the  emphasis  on  fitness  in  our  lives 
certainly  has  changed. 

GREAT  great  grandfather  was  required  to  be  physically  fit,  so 
that  he  could  meet  the  demands  of  his  life  situation.  What  is 
required  of  us,  so  that  we  may  be  said  to  be  adapting  adequately  to 
life  in  the  1980's  and  the  years  ahead?  Some  insight  into  the 
characteristic  problems  of  our  times  may  help  answer  that  ques- 
tion so  that  we  may  focus  on  fitness,  and  establish  a  criteria  for 
changes. 


10 


MEMORANDUM 


TO:  All  Law  Enforcement  Personnel 

FROM:  Commissioner  Leonard  Ledbetter 

DATE:  September  12, 1984 

SUBJECT:  Physical  Fitness  Program 

Perhaps  more  than  any  other  image,  the  uniformed  Conserva- 
tion Ranger  personifies  the  Department  of  Natural  Resources  to 
the  public.  It  should  be  a  matter  of  personal  pride  for  DNR  law 
enforcement  personnel  to  make  that  image  the  best  possible,  one 
which  can  be  readily  backed  up  by  top  quality  performance  on  the 
job. 

Work  in  Conservation  Law  Enforcement  requires  strength  and 
endurance,  although  such  demands  are  often  sporadic.  Fre- 
quently, Conservation  Officers  who  are  confined  to  desks  and 
vehicle  or  boat  patrols  the  majority  of  the  year  must  engage  in 
arduous  field  work  during  deer  and  dove  seasons,  drug  enforce- 
ment activities,  raft  races,  or  other  DNR  activities.  Without  proper 
conditioning,  the  stress  of  such  physical  activity  can  be  unpleasant 
and  even  harmful. 

As  you  are  aware,  the  Department  implemented  a  mandatory 
health  screening  examination  for  all  law  enforcement  officers  in 
1982.  That  program  was  prompted  by  our  concern  for  employee 
health  and  safety.  We  also  developed  a  physical  abilities  examina- 
tion to  test  applicants  selected  for  employment  as  Conservation 
Rangers  to  ensure  that  they  are  capable  of  performing  all  assigned 
duties.  Both  programs  were  developed  in  cooperation  with  the 
State  Merit  System. 

Officers  who  are  unconcerned  about  maintaining  a  healthy 
physical  condition  can  quickly  become  a  hazard  to  themselves,  as 
well  as  to  their  colleagues  and  to  the  citizens  they  serve.  Coping 
with  unforeseen  emergencies  is  a  daily  part  of  your  duties;  you 
must  have  the  stamina  to  withstand  stress  and  to  persevere  under 
circumstances  in  which  a  less  capable  person  would  fail. 


11 


With  this  goal  in  mind,  we  instituted  a  program  to  make  it 
possible  for  you  to  achieve  and  maintain  this  level  of  physical 
fitness.  Based  on  the  "Aerobics"  form  of  age-adjusted  physical  and 
conditioning  program  developed  by  Dr.  Kenneth  Cooper  of  the 
Aerobics  Research  Institute,  Dallas,  Texas,  the  program  incorpo- 
rates a  point  system  that  makes  it  possible  for  you  to  attain  fitness 
by  any  one  of  several  forms  of  exercise,  at  a  pace  determined  by 
your  own  capacities  and  needs. 

Two  Law  Enforcement  Physical  Instructors  who  were  trained 
by  the  Aerobic  Research  Institute  will  conduct  the  training,  design- 
ing an  exercise  program  for  each  individual  and  periodically 
assessing  the  level  of  fitness  achieved. 

Participation  is  on  a  voluntary  basis.  Being  physically  fit  has 
many  job  implications  and  has  always  been  a  contributing  factor  in 
granting  retirement  extensions.  Participation  should  also  enhance 
your  ability  to  compete  more  successfully  for  promotions. 

I  urge  each  of  you  to  view  physical  fitness  as  it  relates  to  your 
overall  health  and  well-being.  I  encourage  your  involvement  in  this 
program,  if  for  no  other  reason  than  to  better  withstand  the  stresses 
to  which  you  are  subjected  in  your  work.  You  have  my  complete 
support  in  the  DNR  Physical  Fitness  Program,  and  I  will  make 
available  the  time  and  personnel  necessary  for  you  to  succeed. 


12 


Introduction 

Fitness  means  many  things  to  many  people.  The  physician 
may  view  fitness  as  the  absence  of  disease.  The  body-builder  may 
consider  it  well-developed  muscles,  while  the  young  woman  may 
think  it's  a  curvaceous  figure.  The  coach  defines  fitness  as  those 
factors  related  to  success  in  sports,  and  the  physical  educator 
looks  for  strength,  endurance,  flexibility,  speed,  agility. 

Let  me  clarify  what  I  mean  by  fitness  and  work  capacity: 
Fitness  is  the  ability  to  carry  out  daily  tasks  with  vigor  and  alert- 
ness, and  with  ample  energy  to  enjoy  leisure  time  pursuits  and  to 
meet  unforeseen  emergencies.  Work  capacity  is  the  capability  to 
accomplish  production  goals  safely  and  without  undue  fatigue. 

Understanding  fitness  is  just  part  of  our  purpose.  Achieving 
fitness  is  another.  I'll  explain  how  we  will  assess  your  current  ievel 
of  fitness,  then  prescribe  specific  steps  you  can  take  to  achieve 
whatever  fitness  goals  you  may  choose  for  yourself. 

But  fitness  is  more  than  increased  work  capacity  or  improved 
safety  on  the  job.  It  means  better  health  and  vitality,  less  risk  of 
heart  disease,  a  trim,  pleasing  appearance,  and  more  energy.  It 
enhances  the  quality  of  life  by  making  an  active  lifestyle  possible, 
it's  the  best  investment  you  can  make  towards  those  retirement 
years. 

The  purpose  of  this  manual  is  to  help  you  do  just  that.  We  hope 
reading  it  will  give  you  an  understanding  of  fitness  and  its  relation- 
ship to  work  capacity  and  that  it  will  encourage  you  to  seek  the 
benefits  of  fitness. 

PURPOSE  OF  THE  PROGRAM 

The  purpose  of  this  program  is  to  improve  the  cardiovascular 
capacity  and  increase  general  endurance  and  muscular  strength. 
Cardiovascular  deficiencies  and  musculoskeletal  injuries  are  lead- 
ing causes  of  personnel  being  absent  from  duty  or  retiring  early 
due  to  disability.  The  proper  amount  and  kinds  of  physical  activity 
will  reduce  the  number  of  injury-causing  accidents  and  increase 
the  years  of  useful  service  as  well  as  a  healthful  life  for  most 
personnel. 

Improvement  in  a  person's  physical  fitness  alone  is  not 
enough  to  reduce  effectively  the  risk  of  heart  disease.  A  change  is 
required  in  your  living  habits  at  home,  as  well  as  at  work,  that  will 


14 


further  minimize  the  possibility  of  acquiring  a  heart  problem. 
These  alterations  include  the  cessation  of  smoking  and  the  initia- 
tion of  proper  eating  habits,  which  include  the  right  kinds  and 
amounts  of  food  eaten. 

THE  PROGRAM:  AN  OVERVIEW 

1 .  Health  screening,  introduction  program  and  pre-testing  of 
all  Conservation  Rangers  by  law  enforcement  physical 
training  staff  to  determine  your  level  of  physical  fitness 
and  your  ability  to  participate  in  the  program. 

2.  Presentation  of  various  exercise  programs  composed  of 
musculoskeletal  and  flexibility  exercises,  and  exercises 
designed  to  increase  cardiovascular  capacity. 

3.  Quarterly  testing  to  determine  progress  or  maintenance 
levels. 

4.  Weight  control  and  diet. 


^ 


15 


> 


o 

03 
QL 
CO 

O 


PARTI 


Aerobic  Fitness  and  Work  Capacity 

by:  Brian  J.  Sharkey,  Director 

Human  Performance  Laboratory 

University  of  Montana 

and 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 

Forest  Service  Equipment  Development  Center 

Missoula,  Montana  59801 


For  our  purposes,  aerobic  fitness  is  primarily  a  well -developed 
oxygen  system  —  strong  heart  and  lungs  that  efficiently  deliver 
oxygen  to  the  working  muscles.  Your  maximum  ability  to  take  in, 
transport,  and  use  oxygen  —  maximum  oxygen  intake  —  is  the 
best  single  measure  of  fitness  and  work  capacity.  Since  metabo- 
lism in  the  presence  of  oxygen  is  termed  aerobic,  fitness  can  be 
defined  in  terms  of  aerobic  capacity. 


MAXIMUM  OXYGEN  INTAKE  =  AEROBIC  CAPACITY 

FITNESS  AND  WORK  CAPACITY 

The  connection  between  aerobic  capacity  and  work  capacity 
is  a  direct  one.  The  body  requires  energy  to  perform  work,  energy 
created  by  burning  fats  and  carbohydrates.  This  process  takes 
oxygen.  The  tougher  the  job,  the  more  energy  —  and  oxygen- 
needed. 


STEP  TEST 

A  three  minute  step  test  will  be  given  to  predict  each  officer's 
ability  to  take  in,  transport,  and  use  oxygen  (aerobic  capacity),  the 
most  important  factor  limiting  the  ability  to  perform  arduous  work. 
The  body  cannot  store  oxygen,  so  working  muscles,  which  need  a 
continuous  supply  to  perform  vigorous  day-long  work,  require  an 
efficient  oxygen  intake  and  delivery  system. 

This  ability  can  be  measured  in  the  laboratory  on  treadmills 
and  bicycles.  But  lab  testing  is  costly  and  time  consuming,  so  it  is 


18 


unsulted  for  testing  large  numbers  of  people.  For  that  reason,  the 
three  (3)  minute  step  test  has  been  selected  by  the  Department 
because  It  Is  easy  to  administer  and  inexpensive. 

The  step  test  was  developed  by  Swedish  physiologists.  It  was 
subjected  to  field  trials  to  determine  if  it  differentiated  levels  of 
fitness,  and  additional  data  were  collected  in  lab  studies  to  validate 
test  scores.  The  step  test  proved  accurate  and  easy  to  give.  Most 
important,  taking  it  does  not  tax  older  or  unfit  persons  unnecessar- 
ily. The  test  is  moderately  strenuous  but  far  less  than  a  full  active 
day  in  the  field  can  be. 

The  test  itself  is  simple.  It  entails  stepping  on  and  off  a  bench 
(12  inches  high)  in  time  to  the  beat  of  a  metronome.  The  rate  of 
stepping  is  24  steps  per  minute.  Immediately  after  the  three  min- 
utes of  stepping  the  officer  sits  down.  The  heart  rate  is  measured 
by  taking  the  pulse  at  the  wrist  or  throat  for  60  seconds  beginning 
exactly  5  seconds  after  the  step  test  ends.  The  results  can  be  used 
to  estimate  maximum  oxygen  intake  using  body  weight  and  age. 

In  jobs  where  oxygen  and  energy  needs  are  low,  indoor  office 
or  classroom  instruction  for  example,  performance  is  not  as  related 
to  fitness.  When  oxygen  and  energy  demands  are  high,  running 
chase  in  pursuit  of  a  violator  or  other  emergencies  for  example, 
individuals  with  a  low  aerobic  capacity  may  only  be  able  to  work  at 
25  percent  of  that  capacity  for  prolonged  periods.  Those  with  a 
relatively  high  aerobic  capacity  may  be  able  to  work  at  50  percent 
of  that  maximum  for  long  periods.  The  fit  officer  is  able  to  sustain  a 
higher  work  rate  than  the  unfit. 

But  perhaps  you  have  a  desk  job  and  never  expect  to  do 
strenuous  fieldwork  or  chase  a  violator.  Will  aerobic  fitness  help 
you?  Well,  aside  from  the  health  benefits  which  I  will  discuss  next, 
here  is  how  fitness  can  benefit  the  administrators  and  supervisors 
confined  to  the  office. 

Muscles  burn  carbohydrate  (sugar)  or  fat  for  energy.  The 
brain  and  nervous  system  depend  on  blood  sugar  for  energy.  Unfit 
individuals  tend  to  use  more  sugar  for  a  given  task  than  do  the  fit. 
As  you  train  for  fitness,  you  become  better  able  to  fuel  working 
muscles  with  fat,  thus  conserving  limited  sugar  supplies  for  the 
brain.  With  more  blood  sugar  available,  you  are  less  likely  to  tire, 
either  on  the  job  or  off.  Your  mind  is  sharper;  you  work  better. 

Ask  yourself  these  questions: 

•  Do  I  tire  during  the  workday? 

•  Am  I  tired  at  the  end  of  the  workday? 


19 


•  Do  I  have  the  energy  left  over  after  work  for  hobbies  or 
other  leisure-time  pursuits? 

•  Do  I  have  the  energy  for  weekend  or  other  off  day 
chores  and  some  left  over  for  fun? 

If  you  seem  to  tire  easily  without  good  reason,  if  you  seem  to 
need  a  lot  of  naps,  if  you  lack  the  energy  to  join  the  children  or 
friends  in  an  active  game,  consider  the  benefits  of  aerobic  fitness. 


FIT  OFFICERS  MISS  FEWER  DAYS  OF  WORK 

PERSONAL  FITNESS 

Cardiovascular  diseases  (diseases  of  the  heart  and  circulatory 
system)  can  be  classified  respectively  as  hypokinetic  diseases  and 
disorders.  The  word  "hypokinetic"  comes  from  the  Greek  word 
hypo,  meaning  under  and  kinesis,  meaning  activity.  Lack  of  exer- 
cise, or  under  activity,  is  a  major  risk  factor  contributing  to  heart 
disease. 

Living  habits,  such  as  smoking  or  overeating,  have  been 
related  to  cardiovascular  disease.  Health  conditions  such  as  high 
blood  pressure  and  high  levels  of  cholesterol  or  other  fatty  sub- 
stances in  our  blood  have  also  been  found  to  be  risk  factors  related 
to  heart  disease. 

Coronary  heart  disease  is  the  end  result  of  a  process  which 
begins  many  years  before  it  first  becomes  manifested.  Even 
though  all  of  the  risk  factors  are  not  known  as  to  the  cause  of 
coronary  heart  disease,  it  is  known  that  there  are  persons  with 
certain  characteristics  who  are  likely  to  develop  a  heart  attack. 

Individuals  who  have  these  particular  conditions  are  called 
persons  with  high  risk  factors.  There  are  approximately  ten  of 
these  heart  disease  risk  factors,  however  of  these  ten,  five  are  of 
particular  importance  and  are  considered  cardinal  risk  factors  for 
coronary  heart  disease. 

These  five  cardiac  risk  factors  are  as  follows: 

1 .  Hyperlipidemic  (elevated  blood  fats) 

2.  Hypertension  (elevated  blood  pressure) 

3.  Cigarette  smoking 

4.  Overweight  (increased  percent  of  body  fat) 

5.  Physical  inactivity 


20 


The  goal  in  the  prevention  of  coronary  heart  disease,  there- 
fore, is  to  change  these  coronary  heart  disease  risk  factors  by 
changing  the  life  style  and  habits  which  you  may  have  learned  from 
chiidhood. 

Hyperlipidemia 

There  is  good  evidence  that  a  change  in  our  diet  habits,  which 
would  decrease  our  blood  cholesterol,  would  significantly  lower 
the  incidence  of  coronary  heart  disease.  The  cholesterol  (satu- 
rated fats)  come  principally  from  animal  and  dairy  products. 
Examples  of  the  saturated  cholesterol  fats  are  beef,  pork,  milk, 
cheese,  ice  cream  and  eggs.  These  saturated  cholesterol  fats 
become  deposited  in  the  inner  wall  of  our  arteries,  particularly  the 
arteries  of  the  heart,  and  are  the  initial  deposits  which  occur  in 
coronary  heart  disease. 

Polyunsaturated  fats  which  are  fats  obtained  from  vegetable 
oils  such  as  corn  oil,  cottonseed  oil  and  safflower  oil,  are  beneficial 
to  the  body  and  may  aid  in  lowering  the  deposition  of  cholesterol  in 
our  arteries.  The  fats  in  our  diet  should  be  principally  polyunsatu- 
rated fats  and  not  saturated  cholesterol  containing  fats.  The  mono- 
saturated  fats  (olive  oil,  peanut  oil  and  avocados)  have  no  effect 
either  in  raising  or  lowering  the  cholesterol  content.  They  are 
neutral  fats  and  have  no  particular  role  except  to  supply  calories. 

It  is  important  to  maintain  a  proper  diet.  This  should  be  done 
by  eating  less  beef  and  pork,  substituting  fish,  fowl,  (chicken, 
turkey)  and  veal  as  these  contain  a  minimum  of  cholesterol  fats.  We 
should  use  vegetable  margarines  that  contain  polyunsaturates, 
they  can  be  identified  by  a  label  which  lists  a  liquid  vegetable  oil  as 
the  first  ingredient.  The  only  exception  to  this  is  coconut  oil,  which 
is  a  saturated  cholesterol  oil  and  should  not  be  used.  Many  of  the 
dairy  substitutes  contain  coconut  oil. 

Hypertension 

Blood  pressure  is  simply  the  pressure  put  on  the  walls  of  the 
arteries  as  the  heart  pumps  blood  through  them.  In  all  human 
beings  it  varies  from  minute  to  minute,  going  up  when  we  are 
excited,  and  down  when  we  rest.  However,  in  some  people,  blood 
pressure  goes  up  too  high  and  stays  that  way.  This  is  called  high 
blood  pressure,  or  hypertension. 

The  control  of  high  blood  pressure  is  an  important  way  to 
lower  the  risk  of  coronary  heart  disease.  An  uncontrolled  elevation 


21 


of  the  blood  pressure  (140/90  or  over)  Is  a  definite  risk  factor  in 
coronary  heart  disease.  Apparently,  the  pressure  elevation  within 
the  arteries  tends  to  damage  the  lining  and  causes  blood  clots  to 
form  which,  added  to  the  deposit  of  fats,  narrows  the  channel  in  the 
artery.  A  regular  medical  checkup  is  the  only  way  that  early  high 
blood  pressure  can  be  detected.  The  symptoms  of  high  blood 
pressure  are  late  in  appearing.  It  is  the  only  risk  factor  that  can  be 
controlled  by  medication. 

Anyone  with  high  blood  pressure  should  be  under  medical 
supervision.  Treatment  may  include  drugs  to  lower  the  pressure, 
diet  to  reduce  weight,  elimination  of  cigarette  smoking  and  modifi- 
cation of  stressful  living  habits. 

Cigarette  Smoking 

For  a  heavy  cigarette  smoker  (over  20  cigarettes  a  day),  the 
danger  of  having  a  heart  attack  is  three  and  one-half  times  greater 
than  that  in  the  non-smoker.  For  even  the  mild  smoker,  the  individ- 
ual who  smokes  ten  a  day,  there  is  a  double  increase  in  the  risks  of 
having  a  heart  attack.  The  risk  of  cigarette  smoking  in  the  produc- 
tion of  coronary  heart  disease  is  great. 

It  is  important  to  recognize  that  if  no  permanent  harm  has 
been  done,  an  individual  may  be  able  to  recover  fully  from  the 
effects  of  cigarette  smoking  if  he  discontinues  and  does  not  start 
again.  Stopping  cigarette  smoking  completely  is  a  mandatory 
requirement  for  maintenance  of  good  health. 

As  far  as  is  known,  smoking  pipes  or  cigars  involves  no 
increased  risk  of  heart  attack,  probably  because  the  smoke  is  not 
inhaled.  However,  pipe  and  cigar  smoking  does  increase  the  risk  of 
mouth  and  throat  cancer. 

Overweight 

The  percent  of  body  fat  which  an  individual  has  is  of  more 
importance  than  his  actual  weight  on  a  scale.  The  overweight 
sedentary  American  has  approximately  25  to  30  percent  of  body 
fat.  Ideally,  an  individual  should  have  about  13.5  percent  of  body 
fat. 

Nutritionists  and  physicians  who  study  weight  reduction  now 
believe  that  not  only  dietary  restrictions  but  exercise  must  be  used 
to  lower  the  ratio  of  the  percent  of  body  fat  to  lean  body  mass.  The 
use  of  skin  fold  measurements  (callipers)  is  one  way  to  determine 
the  percent  of  body  fat.  The  goal  should  be  to  decrease  the  percent 


22 


of  body  fat  to  about  1 3.5  percent  of  our  total  weight.  There  is  some 
indirect  evidence  that  the  higher  the  percent  of  body  fat,  the  higher 
the  amount  of  cholesterol  in  the  arteries. 

Physical  Inactivity 

There  is  good  evidence  that  the  physically  inactive  person  is 
much  more  likely  to  develop  coronary  heart  disease  than  the  active 
individual. 

The  human  body  is  provided  with  over  600  muscles  and  the 
body  depends  upon  them  for  its  life.  Muscles  move  food  along  the 
digestive  tract,  suck  air  into  the  lungs,  and  tighten  blood  vessels  to 
raise  the  blood  pressure  when  needed  for  an  emergency.  The  most 
important  muscle  of  all  is  the  heart  which,  by  constantly  pumping 
blood,  nourishes  the  other  muscles  of  the  body.  Inactivity  leaves 
the  heart  muscle  weak.  Exercise  strengthens  it,  making  it  a  more 
efficient  pump.  The  heart  of  the  unconditioned  person,  for  exam- 
ple, may  eject  only  70  percent  of  the  blood  in  each  chamber. 
Ejection  may  improve  to  80  or  90  percent  in  the  conditioned  per- 
son, thus  the  heart  will  beat  less  often.  This  allows  the  heart  to  get 
more  rest  between  beats.  Exercise  reduces  the  total  work  done  by 
the  heart. 

Unconditioned:       heart  rate  =  70  beats  a  minute  *  60  minutes  an 

hour  x  24  hours  =  100,800  beats  a  day 

Conditioned:  heart  rate  =  50  beats  a  minute  x  60  minutes  an 

hour  x  24  hours  =  72,000  beats  a  day. 

One  of  the  characteristics  of  muscles  is  that  if  they  are  not 
used,  they  weaken  and  deteriorate.  Muscles  are  consequently 
starved  through  lack  of  physical  activity  which  is  unnatural  to  the 
human  body.  The  heart  responds  to  the  demands  of  exercise  by 
beating  stronger  and  your  entire  system  will  operate  with  more 
efficiency. 

As  physical  activity  increases,  the  risk  of  heart  disease 
declines.  The  American  Medical  Joggers  Association,  a  group  of 
runner-doctors,  believes  that  runs  of  6  miles  or  more  a  day  give  the 
runner  virtual  immunity  from  heart  disease.  Proper  diet,  weight 
control,  no  smoking  or  smoky  rooms,  and  reduced  tension  and 
stress  also  are  factors  in  preventing  heart  disease.  So  your  lifestyle 
may  be  as  important  as  physical  activity. 


23 


LIFESTYLE 

•  Vigorous  physical  activity 

•  Sensible  diet 

•  Low  body  weight 

•  No  Smoking 

•  Reduced  tension  and  stress 

Simplified  Self-Scoring  Test  of  Heart  Attack  and  Stroke  Risk 


RISK  HABIT  OR  FACTOR 

INCREASING  RISK 

1.       Smoking 

Up  to  9 

10  to  24 

25  to  34 

35  to? 

Cigarettes 

Score 

None 

per  day 

per  day 

per  day 

per  day 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

II.      Body  Weight 

Ideal 

Up  to  9 

10-19 

20-29 

30  + 

Weight 

excess 

excess 

excess 

excess 

Score 

pounds 

pounds 

pounds 

pounds 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

III.    Salt  Intake 

1/5  avg. 

1/3  avg. 

U.S.  avg 

Above  avg. 

Far  above 
average 

hard  to 

no  use  of 

salt  in 

frequent 

frequent 

or 

achieve; 

salt  at 

cooking, 

salt  at 

use  of 

no  added 

table, 

some  salt 

table 

salty 

salt;  no 

spare  use 

at  table 

foods 

Blood  pressure 

convenience 

high-salt 

upper  reading 

foods 

foods 

(if  known) 

Score 

<  110 

110-129 

130-139 

140-149 

150  or  > 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

IV.    Saturated  Fat 

1/5  avg. 

1/3  avg. 

1/2  avg. 

U.S.  avg. 

Above  avg. 

&  Cholesterol 

Intake 

almost 

2  meatless 

lean  meat, 

meat, 

meat, 

total 

d/wk  no 

eggs, 

cheese. 

cheese, 

vegetarian; 

whole  milk 

cheese 

eggs, 

eggs, 

rare  egg 

products 

12x/week 

whole  milk 

whole  milk 

yolk, 

lean  meat 

nonfat 

24x/week 

24x/week 

Blood 

butterfat 

only 

milk  only 

cholesterol 

&  lean 

level  (if 

meat 

known) 

Score 

<150 

150-169 

170-199 

200-219 

220  or  > 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

24 


Simplified  Self-Scoring  Test  of  Heart  Attack  and  Stroke  Risk 

(cont'd.) 


RISK  HABIT  OR  FACTOR 

INCREASING  RISK 

V      Self-rating  of 

Vigorous 

Vigorous 

Vigorous 

U.S.  avg. 

Below  avg. 

physical  activity 

exercise 

exercise 

exercise 

4  or  more 

3x/week 

1-2x/wk 

occasional 

exercises 

or 

time/wk 

20  min. 

each 

20  min. 
each 

exercise 

rarely 

Walking  Rating 

Brisk 

Brisk 

Brisk 

Normal 

Normal 

walking 

walking 

walking 

walking 

walking 

5  x/ week 

3x/week 

2  x/ week 

2.5-4.5 

less  than 

45  min. 

30  min. 

30  min. 

miles 

2.5  miles 

each 

each 

each 

or 
normal 

daily 

daily 

walking 

4.5-6  mi. 

Score 

daily 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

VI.    Self-rating  of 

Rarely 

Calmer 

U.S.  avg. 

Quite 

Extremely 

stress  &  tension 

tense 

than 

Feel 

tense 

tense 

or 

average 

tense  or 

Usually 

anxious 

Feel 

tense 

about 

3x/week 

anxious 
2-3x/day 
Frequent 
anger  or 
hurried 
feelings 

rushed 

Yoga  or 

Relaxation 

Eat, 

Occasionally 

Take 

relaxation 

exercises 

drink,  or 

take 

tranquilizers 

exercises 

occasionally 

smoke  in 

tranquilizers 

on  a 

at  least 

response 

regular 

Score 

2  x/day 

to  tension 

basis 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 

SCORING 

0-4 1/10  the  average  risk 

5-8 1/4  the  average  risk 

9-12 1/2  the  average  risk 

13-16 Average  risk 

17-20 2  times  the  average  risk 

21-24 5  times  the  average  risk 


25 


EXERCISE  COUNTERACTS  FATAL  HEART  ATTACKS 


43.6% 


FATAL 

HEART 

ATTACKS 


28.6% 


FATAL 

HEART 

ATTACKS 


20.5% 


FATAL 

HEART 

ATTACKS 


Least 

Moderately 

Most 

Active 

Active 

Active 

Physically 

Physically 

Physically 

HOW  IT  FEELS  TO  HAVE  A  HEART  ATTACK 

•  Prolonged,  squeezing  pain  or  unusual  discomfort  in  center 
of  chest 

•  Pain  may  radiate  to  shoulder,  arm,  neck  or  jaw 

•  Sweating  may  accompany  pain  or  discomfort 

•  Nausea,  vomiting  and  shortness  of  breath  may  also  occur 

STROKE 

•  Sudden,  temporary  weakness  or  numbness  of  face,  arm  or 
leg 

•  Temporary  loss  or  speech,  or  trouble  in  speaking  or  under- 
standing speech 

•  Temporary  dimness  or  loss  of  vision,  particularly  in  one  eye 

•  An  episode  of  double  vision 

•  Unexplained  dizziness  or  unsteadiness 

•  Change  in  personality,  mental  ability  or  the  pattern  of  head- 
aches may  also  occur. 


26 


The  following  is  a  list  of  physical  activity  danger  signals: 

1.  Difficulty  breathing,  possible  uncontrolled 

2.  Dizziness  and  visual  disturbance 

3.  Loss  of  muscle  coordination  and  body  control 

4.  Tightness  in  the  chest 

5.  Excessive  heart  rate 

6.  Pallor-flushing  in  face 

7.  Nausea 

If  any  of  these  appear,  stop  immediately  and  notify  your 
instructor.  Prevention  of  injury  is  much  easier  than  treatment. 

BACK  INJURIES 

Back  injuries  have  become  costly  and  debilitating  to  safety 
personnel  in  the  country.  One  of  the  purposes  of  this  physical 
fitness  program  is  to  give  guidance  which  will,  hopefully,  reduce 
the  frequency  of  back  injuries. 

Any  back  problem  should  be  checked  out  by  a  physician. 
Although  there  are  many  causes  of  back  pain,  approximately  80 
percent  of  back  problems  are  of  musculoskeletal  origin. 

Because  most  back  problems  are  localized  in  the  musculos- 
keletal system,  much  can  be  done  to  alleviate  the  difficulty  through 
exercise  and  changing  the  habits  of  work,  sleep  and  play. 

Unilateral  or  one-sided  activities  cause  musculoskeletal 
imbalance  which,  in  turn,  can  cause  pain  (driving  a  car,  truck,  boat, 
shoveling,  etc.).  A  slight  scoliosis  (lateral  curvature  of  the  spine) 
can  cause  back  pain  when  one  is  under  maximal  stress,  whereas  it 
might  not  trouble  one  at  other  times. 

Causes  of  Musculoskeletal  back  problems: 

1.  Scoliosis  (spinal  curvature) 

2.  Poor  posture 

3.  Obesity 

4.  Poor  shoes  and  feet 

5.  Unilateral  skills  and  habits 

6.  Short  lower  limb 

7.  Hip  tilt  or  imbalance 

8.  Lack  of  strength 

9.  Imbalances  lifting 

10.  Sleeping  habits 

11 .  Static  positions:  sitting,  standing,  driving  car,  etc. 


27 


Back  problems  can  remain  with  one  for  life,  but  they  can  be 
minimized  by  changing  habits  and  undertaking  proper  exercise. 

The  spine  must  be  used  as  a  unit,  i.e.,  when  sleeping  on  your 
side,  which  is  recommended,  use  a  double  pillow  to  align  the  head 
and  neck  with  the  remainder  of  the  spine.  Do  not  sleep  in  the  prone 
position. 

FITNESS  AND  HEALTH 

What  type  of  exercise  is  best?  The  only  exercise  which  is  of 
benefit  to  the  heart  and  vascular  system  is  a  continuous,  rhythmic, 
endurance  aerobic  type  of  physical  activity. 

This  includes  jogging,  cycling,  hiking,  walking,  swimming, 
cross-country  skiing,  and  other  activities  which  use  the  long  mus- 
cles of  the  legs  and  trunk  in  a  continually  sustained  and  rhythmic 
fashion.  This  exercise  must  be  repeated  every  two  and  one-half 
days;  after  that  time,  the  individual  begins  to  decondition  —  you 
should  exercise  at  least  three  days  a  week. 

The  benefits  of  aerobic  exercise  and  fitness  extend  beyond 
those  related  to  your  job.  Activities  that  lead  to  improved  aerobic 
fitness  also: 

Reduce  the  risk  of  heart  disease 
Improve  circulation  and  respiration 
Reduce  the  problems  of  overweight 
Strengthen  bones,  ligaments  and  tendons 
Reduce  tension  and  psychological  stress 
Minimize  fatigue 
Enhance  self-concept  and  body  image 

How  will  jogging  or  swimming  help  you  achieve  all  of  the 
above  for  your  body  or  for  that  matter  make  you  more  productive  at 
your  job?  The  answer  is  found  in  the  training  effect. 

The  controlled  stress  of  regular  aerobic  exercise  stimulates 
heart,  lung  and  muscle  activity,  which  produces  beneficial  changes 
in  the  body  called  the  training  effect.  Aerobic  exercise  that  pro- 
motes a  sustained  increase  in  heart  rate,  respiration,  and  muscle 
metabolism  helps  the  body  adapt  to  the  added  demands  imposed 
by  this  kind  of  exercise, 

Adaptions  include  improved  heart  and  lung  function,  improved 
muscular  endurance.  Respiratory  muscles  become  more  efficient, 
too.  Fit  individuals  take  in  more  air  per  breath,  breathe  deeper,  and 
ventilate  a  greater  proportion  of  their  lungs,  getting  more  oxygen 


28 


into  the  blood.  Oxygen  transport  in  the  blood  is  improved  by  an 
increase  in  hemoglobin  and  total  blood  volume. 

The  body  learns  to  better  distribute  the  blood  to  working 
muscles.  This  redistribution,  accompanied  by  increased  heart  out- 
put, leads  to  an  improved  supply  of  oxygen  to  the  working  muscles. 
Aerobic  exercise  may  increase  the  number  of  capillaries  serving 
individual  muscle  fibers. 

Muscles  undergo  specific  adjustments  that  enhance  their  abil- 
ity to  take  in  and  use  oxygen  to  burn  the  food  you  eat,  producing 
the  energy  for  continued  muscular  contractions. 

Aerobic  training  influences  other  organs  and  systems;  the 
nervous  system  learns  to  use  muscles  efficiently;  the  endocrine 
system  learns  to  support  your  efforts  with  the  appropriate  hor- 
mones. Bones,  ligaments  and  tendons  get  tougher. 

The  physique  and  body  composition  can  be  altered.  Body  fat 
diminishes,  muscle  tone  up  and  appearance  improves.  Along  with 
improved  appearance  and  the  feeling  of  well  being  go  some  subtle 
psychological  changes:  improved  self-concept  and  body  image, 
reduced  anxiety,  improved  vitality,  increased  self-confidence,  and 
joy  of  living. 

There  is  evidence  that  the  effects  of  aging  may  be  temporarily 
offset  with  a  vigorous  aerobic  fitness  program,  so  that  increased 
capacity  and  adaptability  associated  with  aerobic  fitness  can  add 
life  to  your  years,  not  just  years  to  your  life. 

It  is  important  to  recognize  that  if  coronary  heart  disease  is 
already  established,  exercise  will  not  change  the  atherosclerotic 
plaques  (hard  deposits)  present  in  the  arteries. 

Exercise  will  help  the  individual  and  his  cardiovascular  system 
to  adapt  better  to  the  process.  It  does  this  by  establishing  new 
collateral  vessels;  by  decreasing  the  heart  rate  so  that  the  coronary 
arteries  have  a  better  chance  to  fill  between  heart  beats;  by  improv- 
ing the  strength  and  contractility  of  the  heart  muscle  itself,  and  by 
improving  the  overall  oxygen  transport  system.  All  of  these  are 
beneficial  effects  of  exercise  in  an  individual  who  already  has 
established  coronary  heart  disease. 

Exercise  can  prevent  coronary  heart  disease  from  becoming 
more  severe  and  gives  you  a  better  chance  of  survival  if  a  heart 
attack  occurs. 

The  control  of  the  five  cardinal  risk  factors  (1 )  Hyperlipidemia 
(2)  Hypertension  (3)  Cigarette  smoking,  (4)  Overweight,  and  (5) 
Physical  inactivity  can  effectively  modify,  change  and  possibly 
prevent  the  development  of  coronary  heart  disease. 


29 


It  is  difficult  to  determine  what  percentage  of  these  problems 
can  be  prevented,  but  research  has  shown  that  more  active  people 
have  fewer  heart  attacks  and  if  they  do  occur,  they  are  less  likely  to 
be  fatal. 

Cardiovascular  disorders  cost  the  nation  $17.3  billion  annually, 
afflict  more  than  27  million  Americans  annually,  and  kill  more  than 
one  million  people  each  year. 


30 


PART  II 


Aerobic  Fitness  Prescriptions 


The  benefits  of  fitness  are  achieved  through  regular  aerobic 
exercise.  Like  any  treatment  or  medicine,  exercise  must  be  pre- 
scribed with  care  if  its  benefits  are  to  be  realized,  and  its  potentially 
harmful  side  effects  are  to  be  avoided.  The  first  step  is  to  determine 
the  state  of  your  health  and  your  fitness.  With  this  information  we 
can  design  an  exercise  prescription  that  will  safely,  effectively 
promote  aerobic  fitness. 

Part  2  will  help  you: 

•  Understand  the  medical  implications  of  exercise. 

•  Differentiate  among  the  methods  used  to  assess  medical 
and  physical  fitness. 

•  Identify  your  level  of  aerobic  fitness. 

•  Compare  your  fitness  with  others  your  age. 

•  Understand  the  factors  involved  in  the  prescription  of  exer- 
cise for  aerobic  fitness. 

•  Prepare  a  personal  training  prescription. 

•  Prepare  sensible  training  guidelines. 

DETERMINING  MEDICAL  FITNESS 

Should  you  have  a  medical  examination  before  beginning  a 
fitness  program?  Here's  the  opinion  of  noted  Swedish  exercise 
physiologist  Professor  P.O.  Hstrand,  M.D. 

anyone  who  is  in  doubt  about  the  condition  of 

their  health  should  consult  his  physician.  But  as  a  gen- 
eral  rule,  moderate  activity  is  less  harmful  to  the  health 
than  inactivity.  In  other  words  a  medical  examination  is 
more  urgent  for  those  who  plan  to  remain  inactive  than 
for  those  who  intend  to  get  into  good  physical  shape! 
The  American  College  of  Sports  Medicine  published  this 
advice  for  those  over  35  years  of  age: 

Regardless  of  health  status  it  is  advisable  that  any  adult 
above  35  years  of  age  have  a  medical  evaluation  prior  to  a 
major  increase  in  your  exercise  habits. 
The  Department  requires  that  each  officer  prior  to  participat- 


32 


ing  in  the  physical  fitness  program  must  have  completed  the  State 
Multi  Phasic  Health  Screening  examination  conducted  by  De- 
partment of  Human  Resources  Medical  Staff  assigned  to  the 
Health  Services  Clinic. 

Medical  problems  identified  or  if  you  have  any  doubts  about 
your  health,  you  should  consult  with  your  family  physician  and 
have  clearance  prior  to  beginning  this  program. 

If  you  are  medically  fit  to  begin  exercising,  we  then  can  deter- 
mine your  aerobic  fitness.  If  you  have  been  completely  sedentary 
this  can  be  done  with  the  step  test.  The  3-minute  test  tells  your 
current  level  of  aerobic  fitness. 

If  you  are  young  or  extremely  active  we  may  use  a  more 
vigorous  method  of  predicting  your  aerobic  capacity  than  the  step 
test.  This  is  the  1 V2  mile  run.  It  is  a  fitness  test  based  on  the  oxygen 
needed  to  run  or  walk  at  various  speeds.  It  should  only  be  under- 
taken by  those  who  have  been  training  for  at  least  8  weeks,  because 
it  demands  maximum  effort. 

YOUR  FITNESS  PRESCRIPTION 

Once  you  know  the  state  of  your  health  and  your  level  of 
fitness,  you  are  well  on  your  way  to  a  personal  fitness  prescription. 
The  dose  of  exercise  designed  to  bring  about  safe,  steady 
improvements  in  fitness  can  be  expressed  in  terms  of: 

Intensity     =  Your  training  heart  rate 

Duration     =  How  many  minutes  (or  calories)  or  distance 

Frequency  =  How  often  you  need  to  train 

Let's  consider  each  factor,  then  summarize  with  ways  you  can 
prescribe  your  own  aerobic  fitness  program. 

INTENSITY 

The  intensity  at  which  you  participate  in  your  exercise  pro- 
gram is  probably  the  most  critical  of  all  of  the  above  factors.  The 
heart  rate  is  the  best  indicator  of  exercise  intensity,  because  it  is 
directly  related  to  both  oxygen  consumed  and  calories  burned.  As 
exercise  becomes  more  intense,  requiring  more  oxygen,  heart  rate 
increases.  To  participate  at  too  low  an  intensity  means  you  will  gain 
little  benefit,  if  any,  from  your  program.  To  perform  at  too  high  an 
intensity  could  mean  serious  medical  complications  and  sufficient 


33 


discomfort  to  discourage  you  from  continuing. 

The  benefits  you  gain  from  physical  conditioning  are  lost  just 
as  rapidly  when  you  stop  your  conditioning  prog  ram.  Thus,  for  you 
to  be  successful  in  your  program,  it  is  necessary  for  you  to  estab- 
lish the  level  of  intensity  at  which  you  should  be  exercising.  This  is 
determined  on  the  basis  of  your  endurance  capacity  as  evidenced 
by  results  of  your  physical  fitness  assessment. 

Research  has  shown  that  fitness  improves  when  you  exercise 
at  a  given  percentage  of  your  maximum  heart  rate.  You  can  obtain 
a  substantial  "conditioning  effect"  by  exercising  at  a  "comfortable" 
level  which  is  between  60  and  80  percent  of  your  capacity.  Exercis- 
ing at  a  level  below  60  percent  results  in  little,  if  any,  conditioning, 
and  above  80  percent,  the  additional  gains  are  small  relative  to  the 
work  required. 

The  chart  illustrates  average  maximum  heart  rates  as  well  as 
heart  rate  training  zones  for  those  in  low,  medium  and  high  fitness 
categories.  The  heart  rate  training  zone  tells  you  how  intense  your 
exercise  must  be  to  gain  a  training  effect.  Use  your  age  and  fitness 
level  to  determine  your  training  zone.  The  minimum  and  maximum 
heart  rates  you  should  attain  while  training. 

In  this  program,  we  use  75  percent  of  your  capacity  as  the 
intensity  level.  If  you  have  a  maximal  oxygen  intake  of  40  ml/kg: 
minutes,  you  would  exercise  at  a  level  representing  75  percent  of 
this  capacity,  or  30  ml/kg:  minutes.  Since  you  can't  easily  monitor 
oxygen  consumption  during  routine  exercise,  the  same  concept 
has  been  applied  to  a  related  physiological  variable,  your  heart 
rate.  You  can  easily  monitor  your  heart  rate  by  taking  your  pulse 
periodically  during  the  exercise  session  and  then  adjusting  your 
exercise  intensity  to  bring  your  heart  rate  either  up  or  down  to  the 
75  percent  level.  The  75  percent  level  heart  rate  is  referred  to  as  the 
Training  Heart  Rate  (THR).  Initially,  you  should  stop  about  every 
five  minutes  during  a  30-minute  workout  to  determine  your  pulse 
rate.  Immediately  upon  stopping  the  exercise,  take  your  pulse  for 
10  seconds  at  the  wrist  or  throat;  multiply  by  6  to  get  the  rate  per 
minute.  For  example  if  you  get  a  count  of  25,  your  rate  in  beats  per 
minute  is  150  and  will  be  close  to  your  heart  rate  during  the 
exercise.  You  do  not  need  to  train  at  near  maximum  levels  to 
achieve  the  benefits  of  exercise.  In  fact,  exercising  within  your 
training  zone  should  feel  relatively  comfortable.  If  the  zone  for  your 
age  and  fitness  level  feels  uncomfortably  high,  do  not  despair.  Try 
working  at  lower  edge  of  the  zone.  If  that  is  still  too  high,  drop  to  a 
lower  zone. 


34 


The  chart  illustrates  average  maximum  heart  rates  as  well  as 
heart  rate  training  zones  for  those  in  low,  medium,  and  high  fitness 
categories.  The  heart  rate  training  zone  tells  you  how  intense  your 
exercise  must  be  to  gain  a  training  effect. 

Heart  Rate  Training  Zones1 


200- 

190- 
180- 
170- 


|  160- 

S  150- 

LU 

<  140- 


< 
LU 

I 


<     130- 


120- 
110- 
100  - 


A 


20 


90%^ 


80%* 


70%' 


Example  —  A  35  year  old  of  medium  fit- 
ness would  have  a  heart  rate  training  zone 
of  145-157  beats  per  minute. 


30 


J. 


40 


T" 
50 


60 


70 


AGE  (Years) 

*  Percent  of  maximum  heart  rate 

'Maximum  Heart  Rate  Data  From  Cooper,  et.  al.,  1975 


35 


Wear  your  wristwatch  during  your  exercise  period  and  prac- 
tice this  very  simple  way  of  monitoring  your  exercise  intensity.  The 
beauty  of  the  THR  concept  is  that  as  you  progress  in  your  condi- 
tioning program,  it  takes  more  work  to  accomplish  the  same  heart 
rate.  Thus,  you  have  a  built-in  control  for  progression.  To  deter- 
mine your  THR,  get  your  physical  activity  scores  (score  =  intensity 
x  duration  x  frequency),  determine  your  level  of  fitness  and  apply  it 
to  the  heart  rate  training  zone  chart. 

The  "Talk  test"  is  another  good  way  of  determining  if  you're  in 
your  training  zone.  You  should  be  able  to  carry  on  a  conversation 
as  you  exercise.  With  time,  you  won't  need  to  check  your  heart  rate 
because  you  will  know  how  it  feels  to  be  "in  the  zone". 

DURATION 

As  you'll  find  out,  exercise  duration  and  intensity  go  hand  in 
hand,  because  an  increase  in  one  requires  a  decrease  in  the  other. 
Exercise  duration  can  be  prescribed  in  terms  of  time,  distance,  or 
calories.  The  calorie  is  the  basic  measure  of  energy  expenditure  in 
work  or  exercise.  It's  the  basic  measure  if  energy  intake  (caloric 
intake  from  diet)  and  will  be  covered  in  more  detail  in  the  Weight 
Control  section. 

If  you're  in  the  low  fitness  category,  your  exercise  should  last 
long  enough  to  burn  100  to  200  calories;  the  medium  fitness  cate- 
gory, 200  to  400  calories;  and  the  high  fitness  category,  more  than 
400  calories.  It's  wise  to  begin  at  the  low  end  of  the  calorie  scale  for 
your  fitness  category.  For  example,  if  you're  of  medium  fitness, 
your  initial  workouts  should  last  only  long  enough  to  burn  200 
calories. 

If  you're  overweight  and  wish  to  lose  excess  pounds,  exercise 
at  a  lower  intensity  (heart  rate  training  zone)  and  increase  the 
duration.  Exercise  intensity  and  duration  can  be  varied  to  reduce 
boredom.  In  fact  nothing  should  be  rigid  about  your  training 
program. 

FREQUENCY 

Two  or  three  training  sessions  a  week  are  enough  for  those 
beginning  a  program  and  for  those  in  the  low  fitness  category.  As 
training  progresses,  you  can  begin  to  exercise  more;  continued 
improvements  in  fitness  are  proportional  to  the  frequency  of  train- 


36 


jng.  Refer  to  the  prescription  chart  for  information  on  training 
frequency,  as  well  as  exercise  intensity  and  duration.  The  chart 
also  includes  some  aerobic  activities  to  give  you  an  idea  how  long 
an  exercise  session  should  last  to  fill  your  exercise  prescription. 
The  aerobic  exercise  listed  are  simply  suggestions.  There  are 
many  more  to  choose  from.  Selecting  the  right  exercise  is  what 
we'll  cover  next. 

THE  RIGHT  EXERCISE 

Once  you  and  your  instructor  have  decided  on  your  fitness 
prescription;  your  next  decision  is  to  pick  the  aerobic  activity  or 
activities  you'll  engage  in  to  achieve  fitness. 

Your  choice  of  an  aerobic  exercise  should  depend  on  your 
fitness  goal.  If  your  goal  is  to  improve  aerobic  fitness  to  meet  job 
standards  in  field  conservation  work,  training  that  relates  to  the  job 
is  best. 

Years  ago,  before  the  information  explosion  in  exercise  physi- 
ology, researchers  thought  training  for  one  activity  provided  the 
capability  for  another.  They  felt  fitness  was  a  general  property;  if 
you  were  trained  and  fit  for  swimming,  you  could  apply  that  fitness 
in  running.  Today  that  picture  has  changed.  The  type  of  training 
should  relate  to  the  desired  results.  If  you  want  to  improve  work 
capacity  in  your  ability  to  hike  long  distances  over  mountainous 
terrains,  or  in  marshes,  then  hiking  would  be  the  preferred  way  to 
train. 

The  important  thing  to  remember  when  beginning  your  exer- 
cise programs  outlined  in  the  manual  is  that  you  follow  the  three 
basic  principles:  (1 )  exercise  at  your  THR,  (2)  exercise  20-30  min- 
utes per  day,  and  (3)  exercise  3-4  days  per  week.  This  is  a  simple 
and  effective  method  of  getting  in  shape  and  staying  there. 


37 


PHYSICAL  ACTIVITY  INDEX2 

Calculate  Your  Activity  Index  By  Multiplying 
Your  Score  For  Each  Category 

(Score  =  Intensity  *  Duration  *  Frequency): 


Duration 


Frequency 


SCORE 


4 
3 
2 

1 


5 
4 
3 
2 

1 


ACTIVITY 


Intensity  5  Sustained  heavy  breathing  and  perspiration 

4  Intermittent  heavy  breathing  and  perspiration  —  as  in  tennis. 

3  Moderately  heavy  —  as  in  recreational  sports  and  cycling 

2  Moderate  —  as  in  volleyball,  softball 

1 Light  —  as  in  fishing,  walking 


Over  30  minutes 
20  to  30  minutes 
10  to  20  minutes 
Under  10  minutes 


Daily  or  almost  daily 
3  to  5  times  a  week 
1  to  2  times  a  week 
Few  times  a  month 
Less  than  once  a  month 


Evaluation  and  Fitness  Category 


SCORE 


EVALUATION 


FITNESS  CATEGORY 


100 

Very  active  lifestyle 

46  to  80 

Active  and  healthy 

35  to  45 

Acceptable  (could  be  better) 

20  to  34 

Not  good  enough 

Under  20 

Sedentary 

2From  Kasari, 

1975 

High 

High 

Medium 

Low 

Low 


38 


AEROBIC  FITNESS  PRESCRIPTIONS 


Fttness  Cateogry 


Intensity 
(in  beats/min.) 


Duration 
(in  calories) 
Men  Women* 


Frequency 


HIGH  (over45ml/kg/min) 


Over  400**        Over  300** 


Age  20  164-178 

25  162-176 

30  160-174 

35  157-171 

40  154-168 

45  151-164 

50  148-161 

55  145-158 

60  143-155 


6  days 
weekly 


— Exercise  duration  and  frequency 
remain  the  same  regardless  of  age — 


MEDIUM  (35-45  ml/kg/min) 


200^00 


150-300 


Age  20  153-164 

25  151-162 

30  148-159 

35  145-157 

40  142-154 

45  139-151 

50  136-149 

55  133-146 

60  130-143 


6  days 
weekly 


—Exercise  duration  and  frequency 
remain  the  same  regardless  of  age — 


LOW  (under  35  ml/kg/min) 


100-200 


75-150 


Age  20  140-154 

25  137-154 

30  134-148 

35  130-144 

40  126-140 

45  122-136 

50  118-132 

55  114-128 

60  110-124 


Every  other 
day 


— Exercise  duration  and  frequency 
remain  the  same  regardless  of  age — 


*  Caloric  expenditure  is  less  for  women,  because  they  are  smaller  than  men  and  burn  fewer 
calories  in  a  given  activity. 

*  For  long  duration  workouts  (over  400  calories),  training  intensity  may  be  reduced  to  a 
comfortable  level. 


39 


Sample  Aerobic  Activities 

(exercise  duration  in  minutes) 


RUN JOG BICYCLE  SWIM WALK 

Men  Women         Men  Women         Men  Women         Men  Women         Men  Women 

27*         20*  40*         3f>  48*         36*  45*         34*  72*         54* 

— Exercise  duration  and  frequency  remain  the  same  regardless  of  age — 

14-27      10-20        20-40      15-30        24-48      18-36         245       17-34         36-72     27-54 
— Exercise  duration  and  frequency  remain  the  same  regardless  of  age — 

7-14        5-10        10-20      7.5-15         12.24       9-18  11-22       8-17  18-36      14-27 
— Exercise  duration  and  frequency  remain  the  same  regardless  of  age — 


Aerobic  fitness  training  seems  to  coax  a  slow  but  continuous 
stream  of  adaptions  from  the  working  muscles.  Muscles  adapt  to 
the  regular  demand  imposed  by  training.  For  improvements  to  take 
place,  workloads  have  to  impose  an  overload  on  the  muscles  —  the 
training  workload  must  exceed  regular  daily  demands  on  the  mus- 
cle. The  effects  of  training  are  specific  to  the  demands  imposed  by 
training.  Moreover,  the  effects  are  limited  to  those  muscles  exer- 
cised in  the  training. 

Because  overload  training  to  improve  your  hiking  ability 
would  eventually  consume  many  hours  as  fitness  improves,  you 
can  use  a  closely  related  activity  (jogging  or  fast  walking  uphill  with 
a  load)  to  increase  the  intensify  and  decrease  the  duration  of 
training  sessions.  However,  since  training  is  specific,  the  training 
should  eventually  be  adapted  to  the  actual  working  situation. 

When  the  job  requires  sustained  arduous  work  during  which 
the  legs  must  support  the  body's  weight,  walking,  jogging,  or 
running  should  be  included  in  your  aerobic  fitness  program.  Run- 
ning provides  a  greater  training  stimulus  per  unit  of  time.  It's 
moderate  and  rhythmic;  it  allows  a  sustained  heart  rate.  It  can  be 
done  at  any  hour,  in  any  weather,  with  a  minimum  of  equipment.  It 
can  be  done  alone  or  in  a  group.  In  many  ways  running  appears  to 
be  the  best  exercise. 

If  your  goal  is  also  to  improve  fitness  for  recreational  pursuits, 
you  have  a  wide  choice  of  activities  that  allow  the  necessary  heart 
rate  increase  to  last  long  enough  to  elicit  a  training  effect. 

A  recent  study  compared  the  fitness  and  weight  control  bene- 
fits of  walking,  running,  and  bicycling.  Sedentary  middle-aged 


40 


men  trained  at  the  same  intensity,  duration,  and  frequency  for  20 
weeks.  AN  three  groups  improved  similarly  in  aerobic  fitness,  and 
all  showed  similar  weight  control  benefits.  Remember,  the  benefits 
are  the  same  only  when  the  exercise  heart  rate  is  maintained  in  the 
training  zone  for  the  appropriate  duration.  Walkers  will  have  to 
walk  at  a  rapid  rate  or  walk  uphill  to  get  the  same  benefits  in  the 
same  amount  of  time  as  someone  jogging  or  cycling  for  example. 

Walking,  jogging,  cycling,  swimming  —  all  are  good.  They're 
rhythmic,  so  less  likely  to  lead  to  injury.  If  you  have  the  skill  they 
can  all  be  sustained  long  enough  at  a  moderate  rate. 

The  caloric  cost  of  bicycling  is  influenced  not  only  by  skill  but 
also  by  the  gear  used,  the  weight  and  quality  of  the  bicycle,  wind, 
hills,  and  so  forth.  Experienced  cyclists  often  find  it  necessary  to 
pedal  very  fast,  pedal  uphill,  or  use  a  higher  gear  to  sustain  a 
training  heart  rate.  One  approach  is  to  work  at  a  lower  intensity  for 
an  extended  period  (cycle  at  a  safe  speed  but  burn  twice  as  many 
calories).  Another  alternative  is  to  work  extra  hard  on  hills  and 
where  safety  permits  greater  speed.  Before  long,  your  fitness  and 
skill  will  permit  long  bicycle  trips. 

Like  cycling,  the  caloric  cost  of  swimming  depends  on  many 
factors  besides  skill:  stroke,  speed,  and  temperature. 

Individuals  who  are  unfit,  unskilled  swimmers,  or  both  often 
find  their  heart  rate  well  above  their  training  zone,  and  they  are 
unable  to  swim  long  enough  to  burn  the  necessary  calories  until 
they  improve  their  fitness  and  skill. 

Popular  games—  tennis,  handball,  racketball,  basketball  — 
are  fine  for  maintaining  fitness,  but  no  serious  fitness  enthusiast 
considers  them  adequate  for  training.  Most  tennis  or  handball 
players  run  to  get  in  shape  for  competition.  Games  are  not  a 
substitute  for  aerobic  fitness  activity.  They  don't  allow  you  to 
maintain  your  heart  rate  in  the  training  zone.  They  often  include 
brief  periods  of  extreme  exertion.  You  should  be  fit  before  you 
compete  in  strenuous  sports. 


APPLYING  YOUR  FITNESS  PRESCRIPTION 

Now  that  we  have  discussed  aerobic  fitness  and  have  com- 
pleted a  personal  fitness  prescription,  we  can  put  it  into  practice  in 
a  regular  aerobic  training  program.  Each  session  of  your  program 
should  include  warmup,  aerobic  fitness  activity,  and  a  cooldown 
period. 


41 


The  warmup,  which  should  last  about  5  minutes,  gradually 
prepares  the  body  for  the  exercise  to  come.  Begin  with  easy 
stretching  exercises  and  then,  as  body  temperature,  circulation, 
and  respiration  adjust  to  the  increased  activity,  move  to  more 
vigorous  calisthenics.  Pay  particular  attention  during  the  warmup 
to: 

•  Stretching  the  lower  back  to  reduce  back  problems. 

•  Stretching  hamstring  and  calf  muscles  to  prevent  soreness 
and  reduce  the  risk  of  injury 

•  Increasing  tempo  of  exercise  gradually  to  adjust  body  to 
higher  levels  of  intensity. 

A  gradual  cooldown  after  your  aerobic  exercise  is  as  impor- 
tant as  the  warmup.  Complete  rest  immediately  after  exercise 
causes  blood  to  pool  in  the  veins  and  slows  the  removal  of  meta- 
bolic waste  products.  Soreness,  cramps,  or  more  serious  cardio- 
vascular complications  may  follow.  Walking  or  easy  jogging  con- 
tinues the  pumping  action  of  the  muscles,  promoting  circulation 
and  speeding  recovery.  A  few  minutes  spent  stretching  also  helps 
avoid  soreness. 

Never  rush  from  a  vigorous  workout  into  a  hot  shower!  The 
flow  of  blood  to  recently  exercised  muscles  combined  with  the  flow 
to  the  skin  to  dissipate  heat  may  result  in  inadequate  flow  to  the 
brain  or  heart.  Always  cool  down  after  a  workout. 


42 


WARM  UP/COOL  DOWN 

I.  The  purpose  of  a  warm  up  session 

II.  Physical  changes  in  a  warm  up 

III.  Physical  changes  in  a  cool  down 

IV.  Specificity 

V.  Exercises  -  warm  up 

Warm  Up 

I.  The  purpose  of  a  warm-up  session 

1 .  Gradual  increase  in  heart  rate  and  metabolism 

2.  To  distribute  oxygen  to  the  working  muscles 

3.  To  facilitate  capillarization 

4.  To  gradually  heat  the  muscle  filaments  for  more  efficient 
work 

5.  To  reduce  injuries  and  exercise  downtime 

6.  To  increase  the  psychological  preparedness 

7.  Enhance  activity  performance 

'Spending  5-10  minutes  in  activity  preparation  and  cool  down  time  may  become  the 
greatest  single  contributor  to  total  body  efficiency  and  prolong  exercise  success. 

Warm  Up 

II.  Physical  Changes 

1 .  Increase  heart  rate  (gradually)  to  work  level 

2.  Increase  lung  ventilation  (gradually)  to  work  level 

3.  Increase  02  to  various  body  parts  (blood,  circulation) 
(vasal  dialation  —  vasal  construction) 

4.  Increase  muscle  filament  temperature 

5.  Activate  body  heat  and  waste  product.  Release 
mechanisms 

6.  Stretch  working  muscle  to  allow  more  02  into  the  tissues. 
Begin  with  slow  static  stretching  and  move  to  more  of  a 
ballistic  motion. 

7.  To  increase  the  flexibility  of  the  working  muscles  group 

8.  To  increase  the  flexibility  of  the  antagonistic  muscle 
groups 

9.  To  reduce  soreness  and  stiffness 


43 


Cool  Down 


Physical  Changes 


1 .  Decrease  heart  rate  (gradual)  to  recovery  level  (100  afterS 
minutes  or  less) 

2.  Decrease  lung  ventilation  (gradual)  to  recovery  level 

3.  Allow  waste  material  to  be  moved  (by  circulation  and 
ventilation)  out  of  the  system 

4.  Allow  ample  02to  be  supplied  to  working  muscles  which 
will  enhance  recovery 

5.  Allow  the  working  muscles  to  be  stretched  in  the  exten- 
sion position  —  (Slow  and  gradual  movements  to  relax  the 
antagonist  muscle  group) 

6.  Use  primarily  a  static  stretch  technique  in  recovery.  Hold 
each  stretch  position  8-10  seconds  or  more 

7.  To  reduce  soreness,  stiffness  and  joint  problems. 

IV.  SPECIFICITY 

1 .  Physical  activities  demand  a  specific  body  use.  It  is  therefore 
important  to  prepare  those  body  parts  as  efficiently  as  possible 
before  their  work  begins  and  to  cool  (warm  down)  off  after  the 
work  is  accomplished. 

2.  Over  a  given  period  of  training  time,  these  activities  (if  done 
regularly)  will  demand  an  efficient  metabolic  work  reponse  and 
the  physiological  pathway  will  become  trained. 

3.  If  one  is  not  careful  body  imbalances  may  occur  which  lead  to 
breakdowns. 

A.  Running  —  quadriceps  to  hamstring  strength 

B.  Weight  training  —  Only  training  one  movement  pattern. 

—  Failure  to  strengthen  the  muscle  pairs. 

4.  One  sport  or  one  type  of  activity  will  not  necessarily  prepare 
you  for  another  sport  movement. 

5.  Warm  up  and  cool  down  are  a  methodical  approach  to  bring 
the  working  muscle  into  a  state  of  "exercise  readiness." 

Warm-up,  Stretching  and 

Calisthenic  Exercises 

Are  shown  on  the  following  pages 


44 


V.  EXERCISES  WARMUP 


Routine  1  —  Standing 


Alternate  Walking  with  Jogging 
or  Running  in  Place 

Action: 

Walk  for  approximately  one  min- 
ute (breathing  deeply).  Jog  or 
run  in  place  approximately  one 
minute. 

Repeat: 
3  to  4  times. 


Stretching  and  Deep  Breathing 

Position: 

Standing,  arms  at  side,  feet  shoul- 
der-width apart  (Figure  1). 

Action: 

(a)  Inhale  deeply  as  you  stretch 
both  arms  up,  look  up,  and  rise 
on  toes.  (Figure  2) 

(b)  Exhale  forcefully  as  you  re- 
turn to  starting  position. 

Repeat: 
4  to  6  times. 


3.     Neck  Rolling 

Position: 

Standing,   hands  on   hips,  feet 

shoulder-width  apart. 

Action: 

(a)  Roll  the  neck  slowly  forward, 
sideward,  backward  in  a  clock- 
wise manner  three  times.  (Figure 
3) 

(b)  Reverse  and  go  counter- 
clockwise three  times.  (Figure 4) 

Repeat: 
2  times. 


Figure  3 


Figure  1 


Figure  2 


Figure  4 


45 


Arm  Circles 


Half  Knee  Bends 


Position: 

Arms  extended  out  from  sides  at 
shoulder  Jevel,  palms  down,  feet 
shoulder-width  apart. 

Action: 

(a)  Make  20  small  circles  with 
the  hands  and  arms  while  keep- 
ing the  arms  straight,  stomach  in, 
and  head  erect.  (Figure  5). 

(b)  Reverse  and  make  20  small 
circles  in  the  opposite  direction. 
(Figure  6) 

Repeat: 
2  to  4  times. 


Position: 

Hands  on  hips,  feet  shoulder- 
width  apart,  toes  pointed  straight 
ahead.  (Figure  7) 

Action: 

(a)  Bend  knees  until  the  bottom 
edge  of  your  hands  touch  your 
thighs.  Keep  the  trunk  straight 
and  the  feel  flat  on  the  floor. 
(Figure  8) 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position. 

Repeat: 

10  to  20  times. 


Figure  5 


Figure  7 


Figure  6 


Figure  8 


46 


6      Pull  Knee  to  Chest 

Position: 

Arms  at  sides,  feet  slightly  spread. 

(Figure  9) 


Stretch  Up,  Look  Up,  Raise  Knee 

Position: 

Arms  at  side,  feet  slightly  spread. 

(Figure  11) 


Figure  9 


Figure  11 


Action: 

(a)  Bring  left  knee  up,  grab  it 
with  both  hands  and  pull  it  to 
your  chest.  Keep  trunk  upright. 
(Figure  10) 


Figure  10 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position. 

(c)  Repeat  exercise  with   right 
knee. 

Repeat: 

10  to  12  times  with  each  knee. 


Action: 

(a)  Bring  both  arms  forward-up- 
ward and  look  up  as  you  raise  the 
left  knee  above  the  waist.  (Figure 
12) 


Figure  12 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position. 

(c)  Repeat  exercise  with   right 
knee. 

Repeat: 

8  to  12  times  with  each  knee. 


47 


8.     Bobbing  the  Trunk 

Position: 

Hands  on  hips,  feet  spread  widely 
apart,  knees  slightly  bent.  (Fig- 
ure 13) 


Arm  Swings 

Position: 

Left  arm  extended  upward,  right 
arm  down  at  side,  feet  slightly 
spread.  (Figure  16). 


Figure  13 


Action: 

(a)  Bend  trunk  slowly  downward 
until  your  hands  touch  the  floor. 
(Figure  14) 

(b)  Bob  by  raising  the  trunk  six 
to  eight  inches  (Figure  15)  then 
lowering  it  until  your  hands  touch 
the  floor. 


Figure  16 

Action: 

(a)  Swing  the  left  arm  forward, 
downward,  backward  as  the  right 
arm  goes  backward,  upward, 
downward,  making  big  arm  cir- 
cles. (Figure  17) 


Figure  14 


Figure  15 


(c)  Bob  six  times  and  return  to 
starting  position. 

Repeat: 
4  to  6  times 


Figure  17 


48 


(b)  After  going  forward  8-10 
times,  reverse  the  movement  and 
go  backward  8-10  times.  (Figure 
18) 

Repeat: 
2  times. 


Figure  18 

10.   Leg  Swings 

Position: 

Arms  at  sides,  feet  together  or 

slightly  spread. 

Action: 

(a)  With  weight  balanced  on  the 
right  foot,  swing  the  left  leg  for- 
ward (Figure  19)  and  backward. 
(Figure  20)  Swing  your  arms  to 
maintain  balance.  Keep  the  trunk 
upright,  the  leg  reasonably 
straight  and  swinging  like  the 
pendulum  of  a  clock. 


Figure  20 

(b)  Repeat  the  procedure  for  the 
right  leg. 

Repeat: 

10  to  12  times  with  each  leg. 


1 1 .  Twist,  Stretch  Up,  Touch  Floor 

Position: 

Arms  at  side,  feet  widely  spread. 

(Figure  21) 


Figure  21 


Figure  19 


49 


Action: 

(a)  Twist  to  the  right  and  look  up 
as  you  stretch  both  arms  over 
head,  keeping  the  feet  stationary. 
(Figure  22) 


(c)  Stretch  both  arms  upward 
and  look  up  while  the  trunk  is  still 
twisted  to  the  right.  (Figure  24) 


Figure  22 


(b)  Bend  trunk  and  right  knee, 
touching  hands  to  floor  outside 
the  right  foot.  (Figure  23) 


Figure  24 


(d)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  repeat  to  the  left. 

Repeat: 

4  to  6  times  to  each  side. 

12.   Side  Bends  (Three  Methods) 

Position: 

Heads  on  hips,  feet  shoulder- 
width  apart  (Figure  25) 


Figure  23 


Figure  25 


50 


Action: 

(a)  Bend  the  trunk  sideward  to 
the  right,  hand  touching  leg  as 
low  as  possible  and  at  the  same 
time  raise  or  "hunch"  the  left 
shoulder  upward.  (Figure  26) 


Action: 

(a)  Bend  trunk  sideward  and 
forward  to  the  right,  touching  the 
right  elbow  to  the  side  of  the 
thigh.  (Figure  28)  Right  knee 
should  be  bent  slightly. 


Figure  26 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  repeat  to  the  left  in  the  same 
manner. 

Repeat: 

10  to  20  times  to  each  side. 

Position: 

Hands  clasped  behind  head,  feet 
spread  slightly  wider  than  shoul- 
ders. (Figure  27) 


Figure  28 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  repeat  to  the  left. 

Repeat: 

10  to  12  times  to  each  side. 

Position: 

Arms  at  sides,  feet  widely  spread, 

knees  slightly  bent.  (Figure  29) 


Figure  27 


Figure  29 


51 


Action: 

(a)  Curl  the  left  arm  over  the 
head  and  downward  as  you  bend 
sideward  to  the  right,  right  hand 
touching  leg  as  low  as  possible. 
(Figure  30) 


Figure  30 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  repeat  to  the  left. 

Repeat: 

8  to  10  times  to  each  side. 


Action: 

(a)  Touch  right  hand  to  left  toe 
as  left  arm  is  moved  backward 
and  upward.  (Figure  32) 

(b)  Touch  left  hand  to  right  toe 
as  right  arm  goes  backward  and 
upward.  (Figure  33) 

(c)  Continue  with  rhythm. 

Repeat: 

10  to  12  times  to  each  side 


Figure  32 


13    Windmill 

Position: 

Feet  widely  spread,  knees  slightly 
bend,  trunk  bent  forward,  arms 
stretched  sideward.  (Figure  31) 


Figure  33 


Figure  31 


52 


14. 


Three-fourth  Flat-foot  Squat 

Position: 

Hands  on  hips,  feet  spread 
slightly  wider  than  shoulders. 
(Figure  34) 


15.   Jumping  Jack 

Position: 

Feet    together    with    hands    at 

sides.  (Figure  37) 


Figure  34 

Action: 

(a)  Inhale  deeply,  keep  feet  flat 
on  the  floor  as  you  bend  the 
knees  and  place  hands  on  floor. 
(Figure  35) 

(b)  As  you  return  to  starting 
position  exhale  sharply,  pulling 
shoulders  back  and  stomach  in. 
(Figure  36) 

Repeat: 

8  to  10  times. 


Figure  37 

Action: 

(a)  Jump  to  straddle  position 
and  clap  hands  by  raising  them 
sideward  and  upward  over  the 
head.  (Figure  38) 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  repeat  with  rhythm. 

Repeat: 

10  to  20  times 


Figure  35 


Figure  36 


Figure  38 


53 


Routine  2  —  On  Floor 

Stretching  and  Deep  Breathing 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  arms  at  sides. 

(Figure  39) 


Figure  39 


Action: 

(a)  Raise  the  right  left,  bend  the 
knee,  pull  knee  toward  chest  with 
both  hands.  (Figure  42) 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  repeat  with  the  left  leg. 

Repeat: 

6  to  8  times  with  each  leg. 


Action: 

(a)  Inhale  deeply,  suck  stomach 
in,  stretch  both  arms  upward 
over  the  head  along  the  floor. 
(Figure  40) 

(b)  Exhale  slowly  and  return  to 
starting  position. 

Repeat: 

6  to  10  times. 


Figure  42 


Hand  and  Foot  to  Vertical 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  arms  extended 

behind  head.  (Figure  43) 


2. 


Figure  40 


Pull  Knee  to  Chest 

Position: 

Lying  on   back,  arms  at  side. 

(Figure  41) 


Figure  41 


Figure  43 


Action: 

(a)  Bring  right  leg  and  left  arm 
upward  to  vertical  position  keep- 
ing leg  and  arm  reasonably 
straight  while  head  and  shoulders 
remain  on  floor.  (Figure  44) 


Figure  44 


54 


(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  repeat  with  left  leg  and  right 
arm. 

Repeat: 

8  to  10  times. 

Push-ups 

Position: 

Face  downward,  body  straight 
and  weight  supported  on  hands 
and  feet.  (Figure  45)  Hands 
should  be  just  outside  the 
shoulders,  fingers  straight  ahead, 
feet  close  together. 


Figure  45 

Action: 

(a)  Lower  body  until  chest  barely 
touches  floor.  Keep  the  head  up, 
body  straight,  buttocks  should 
not  be  raised  nor  abdomen 
allowed  to  sag.  (Figure  46) 

(b)  Straighten  arms  fully  to  lift  to 
starting  position.  Keep  the  body 
straight. 

Repeat: 

15  to  25  times. 


Figure  46 


Back  Archer 

Position: 

Lying  face  down,  hands  in  small 

of  back.  (Figure  47) 


Figure  47 


Action: 

(a)  Raise  the  head,  chest,  and 
shoulders  as  high  as  possible 
keeping  the  hips,  legs,  and  feet 
on  the  floor.  (Figure  48) 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position. 

Repeat: 

10  to  15  times. 


Figure  48 


6.     Lateral  Leg  Lifts 

Position: 

Leaning  on  right  side,  body  sup- 
ported by  straight  right  arm  and 
side  of  right  foot.  Left  hand  on 
hip  (Figure  49) 


Figure  49 


55 


Action: 

(a)  Raise  left  leg  straight  up  as 
high  as  possible.  (Figure  50) 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  repeat  rhythmically. 

Repeat: 

20  to  30  times  with  each  leg. 


8. 


(b)  Return  to  starting  position  by 
extending  legs  fully  before  lower- 
ing feet  to  floor. 

Repeat: 

8  to  12  times. 


Sit-ups 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  hands  clasped 
behind  head,  knees  slightly  bent. 
(Figure  53) 


Figure  50 


Pull  Knees  to  Chest 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  arms  extended 

behind  head.  (Figure  51) 


Figure  51 


Action: 

(a)  Bend   both   knees   upward, 

clasp  hands  around  knees  and 

pull  knees  toward  chest.  (Figure 

52) 


Figure  53 


Action: 

(a)  Raise  the  trunk  to  a  sitting 

position    and    touch    your   left 

elbow  to  the  right  knee.  (Figure 

54) 


Figure  54 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
and  then  repeat  by  sitting  up  and 
touching  your  right  elbow  to  the 
left  knee. 

Repeat: 

15  to  25  times. 


Figure  52 


56 


Sitting  —  Opposite  Hand  to  Toe 

Position: 

Sitting,  legs  reasonably  straight 
and  feet  widely  spread,  arms 
extended  upward,  head  back  and 
looking  at  the  hands.  (Figure  55) 


10.  Sprinter 

Position: 

Squat,  hands  on  floor  with  fin- 
gers pointing  forward,  left  leg 
extended  to  the  rear.  (Figure  57) 


Figure  55 

Action: 

(a)  Right  hand  touches  left  toe 
as  you  fling  the  left  arm  back- 
ward. (Figure  56) 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position 
stretching  arm  and  head  upward 
and  repeat  by  touching  left  hand 
to  right  toe. 

Repeat: 

10  to  16  times. 


Figure  57 

Action: 

(a)  In  one  motion,  reverse  the 
position  of  the  feet  by  extending 
the  right  leg  as  the  left  foot  is 
moved  forward  toward  the  hands. 
(Figure  58) 


Figure  58 

(b)  Reverse  feet  again,  returning 
to  starting  position  and  repeat 
with  rhythm. 

Repeat: 

20  to  30  times. 


Figure  56 


57 


AEROBIC  TRAINING  SESSION 

Warmup,  aerobic  exercise,  cooldown  —  those  are  the  ele- 
ments of  your  training  session.  Let's  look  closer  at  a  typical  ses- 
sion, say  for  a  35  year  old  man  with  a  fitness  score  of  40,  and  see 
how  these  sessions  lead  to  fitness. 

His  fitness  prescription  would  be:  intensity,  145  to  157  beats  a 
minute;  duration,  200  to  400  calories;  frequency,  every  other  day  at 
the  beginning,  then  5  or  6  days  a  week  with  1  day  off  for  good 
behavior.  He  has  picked  jogging  as  his  aerobic  exercise.  After  his 
warmup  he  will  jog  at  a  12  minute-per-mile  pace  for  20  minutes 
(1.67  miles)  to  burn  200  calories  (20  minutes  @  10  calories  a 
minute).  He  can  vary  his  session  by  jogging  in  different  locales, 
working  at  the  upper  edge  of  his  training  zone  for  shorter  duration, 
or  at  the  lower  edge  for  longer!  After  his  run,  he  will  cooldown  with 
easy  jogging,  walking,  and  stretching.  It  won't  take  too  many 
sessions  like  this  before  he  begins  to  experience  a  training  effect. 

Heart  and  lungs  improve  as  the  body  adjusts  to  regular  exer- 
cise, and  he  will  soon  be  able  to  complete  his  session  at  a  lower 
heart  rate.  As  this  happens,  it's  necessary  to  do  something  to  insure 
a  continued  training  effect.  In  the  case  of  our35  year  old  jogger,  he 
could:  (1)  jog  the  same  distance  at  a  faster  pace  (but  calories 
burned  remain  the  same);  (2)  cover  a  greater  distance  at  same  pace 
(calories  burned  increase  but  intensity  falls  below  training  zone); 
(3)  slowly  increase  rate  both  pace  and  distance,  thereby  keeping 
heart  rate  in  training  zone  while  increasing  calories  burned. 

In  practice,  #3  usually  occurs  naturally.  You  increase  pace 
without  knowing  it.  You  find  yourself  running  faster  without  a 
greater  sense  of  effort  or  fatigue.  As  fitness  improves,  it  becomes 
easy  to  extend  the  duration  of  a  workout.  When  you  find  this 
happening,  you're  ready  to  increase  the  intensity,  duration,  and 
frequency  of  your  training  sessions.  Or  periodically  retake  the  step 
test  or  run  the  11/2  miles  for  time  to  pinpoint  your  fitness  level. 

Some  training  systems  advocate  increasing  speed  at  the 
expense  of  duration  or  distance.  While  this  approach  will  improve 
aerobic  fitness,  it  has  several  drawbacks:  risk  of  injury  —  muscle 
pulls,  strained  ligaments,  and  so  on  increase  with  speed.  Discom- 
fort increases  —  many  find  they  no  longer  want  to  go  out  and 
punish  themselves;  eventually  they  get  frustrated  and  quit.  Bad 
psychology  —  exercise  is  not  something  you  do  in  a  hurry  to  get  it 
over  with;  it's  a  rich  experience  and  deserves  an  important  place  in 
your  day. 


58 


By  slowly  increasing  both  pace  and  distance  you  avoid  these 
pitfalls  and  get  several  extra  benefits  as  well.  Long-duration  exer- 
cise burns  more  calories,  so  you  lose  weight,  reduce  the  risk  of 
heart  disease,  and  lower  blood  lipids  such  as  cholesterol  that  have 
been  associated  with  heart  disease.  It's  more  enjoyable,  so  you  are 
more  likely  to  continue  your  participation  for  months,  years— even 
for  life. 

Great  Expectations 

If  you  apply  your  exercise  prescription  in  regular  training 
sessions,  you  should  expect  to  see  a  20  to  25  percent  improvement 
in  aerobic  capacity  in  about  3  to  6  months.  Overweight  individuals 
will  see  even  greater  improvement  as  they  lose  excess  fat.  You'll 
also  notice  significant  improvement  in  your  performance.  For 
example,  within  6  months,  you  may  see  as  much  as  a  2  minute  drop 
in  your  Vh  mile  run  performance.  You'll  be  able  to  jog  distances 
with  ease— distances  that  once  were  beyond  your  comprehension. 

But  that's  only  part  of  the  story.  As  aerobic  capacity  improves, 
and  you're  able  to  exercise  longer  and  harder  with  less  effort,  your 
work  capacity  is  increasing  too.  You'll  be  able  to  work  at  a  higher 
percentage  of  your  aerobic  capacity.  You'll  see  a  dramatic 
improvement  in  your  performance  in  the  field.  With  prolonged 
training,  your  aerobic  capacity  begins  to  plateau,  but  your  capacity 
to  perform  submaximal  work  continues  to  improve.  You'll  feel 
better,  work  better.  Experience  shows  that  fit  employees  miss 
fewer  days  due  to  illness  or  injury. 

WALK  —  JOG  -  RUN  PROGRAMS 

Your  fitness  prescription  gives  you  a  great  deal  of  freedom  to 
tailor  a  personal  fitness  program  to  meet  your  specific  work  and 
recreational  goals.  You  have  a  wide  choice  of  exercises,  and  there 
are  many  options  as  far  as  the  length  of  time  you  want  to  exercise 
and  the  intensity  of  that  activity.  Some  of  you,  particularly  those 
with  a  new-found  interest  in  fitness,  many  prefer  a  more  detailed, 
step  by  step  approach.  For  this  reason,  I  have  included  some  walk 
—  jog  —  run  programs. 

I  will  describe  programs  for  three  levels  of  ability:  a  starter 
program  for  those  in  low  fitness  categories  (under  35  fitness 
score),  an  intermediate  program  (35-45),  and  one  for  those  in  the 
high  fitness  categories  (46  or  better).  The  starter  program  was 


59 


prepared  by  the  President's  Council  on  Physical  Fitness  and 
Sports  and  appears  in  the  booklet  An  Introduction  to  Physical 
Fitness. 


60 


Starter  Program 

Take  the  walk  test  to  determine  your  exercise  level. 

Walk  Test—  The  object  of  this  test  is  to  determine  how  many 
minutes  (up  to  10)  you  can  walk  at  a  brisk  pace,  on  a  level  surface, 
without  undue  difficulty  or  discomfort. 

If  you  can't  walk  for  5  minutes,  begin  with  the  RED  walking 
program. 

If  you  can  walk  more  than  5  minutes,  but  less  than  10,  begin 
with  the  third  week  of  the  RED  walking  program. 

If  you  can  walk  for  the  full  10  minutes,  but  are  somewhat  tired 
and  sore  as  a  result,  start  with  the  WHITE  walk  —  jog  program.  If 
you  can  breeze  through  the  full  1 0  minutes,  you're  ready  for  bigger 
things.  Wait  until  the  next  day  and  take  the  10  minute  walk  —  jog 
test.  (Read  Running  Technique,  page  107  before  taking  test.) 

Walk  — Jog  Test—  In  this  test  you  alternately  walk,  50  steps 
(left  foot  strikes  the  gound  25  times)  and  jog  50  steps  for  a  total  of 
10  minutes.  Walk  at  the  rate  of  120  steps  a  minute  (left  foot  strikes 
the  ground  at  1 -second  intervals).  Jog  at  the  rate  of  144  steps  a 
minute  (left  foot  strikes  ground  18  times  every  15  seconds). 

If  you  can't  complete  the  10-minute  test,  begin  at  the  third 
week  of  the  WHITE  program.  If  you  can  complete  the  10-minute 
test,  but  are  tired  and  winded  as  a  result,  start  with  the  last  week  of 
the  WHITE  program  before  moving  to  the  BLUE  program.  If  you 
can  perform  the  10-minute  walk  —  jog  test  without  difficulty,  start 
with  the  BLUE  program. 

Red  Walking  Program 

Week  Activity  (every  other  day  at  first) 

1  Walk  at  a  brisk  pace  for  5  minutes,  or  for  a 
shorter  time  if  you  become  uncomfortably 
tired.  Walk  slowly  or  rest  for  3  minutes. 
Again  walk  briskly  for5  minutes,  or  until  you 
become  uncomfortably  tired. 

2  Same  as  Week  1 ,  but  increase  pace  as  soon 
as  you  can  walk  5  minutes  without  soreness 
or  fatigue. 


61 


3  Walk  at  a  brisk  pace  for  8  minutes  or  for  a 
shorter  time  if  you  become  uncomfortably 
tired.  Walk  slowly  or  rest  for  3  minutes. 
Again  walk  briskly  for  8  minutes,  or  until  you 
become  uncomfortably  tired. 

4  Same  as  Week  3,  but  increase  pace  as  soon 
as  you  can  walk  8  minutes  without  soreness 
or  fatigue. 

When  you've  completed  Week  4  of  the  RED  program,  begin 
at  Week  1  of  the  WHITE  program. 

White  Walk  —  Jog  Program 

Week  Activity  (four  times  a  week) 

1  Walk  at  a  brisk  pace  for  10  minutes,  or  for  a 
shorter  time  if  you  become  uncomfortably 
tired.  Walk  slowly  or  rest  for  3  minutes. 
Again,  walk  briskly  for  10  minutes,  or  until 
you  become  uncomfortably  tired. 

2  Walk  at  a  brisk  pace  for  15  minutes,  or  for  a 
shorter  time  if  you  become  uncomfortably 
tired.  Walk  slowly  for  3  minutes. 

3  Jog  10  seconds  (50  yards).  Walk  1  minute 
(100  yards).  Do  12  times. 

4  Jog  20  seconds  (50  yards).  WalkJ  minute 
(100  yards).  Do  12  times. 

When  you've  completed  Week  4  of  the  WHITE  program, 
begin  at  Week  1  of  the  BLUE  program. 

Blue  Jogging  Program 

Week  Activity  (five  times  a  week) 

1  Jog  40  seconds  (100  yards).  Walk  1  minute 
(100  yards).  Do  9  times. 

2  Jog1  minute  (150  yards).  Walk  1  minute  (100 
yards.)  Do  8  times. 


62 


3  Jog  2  minutes  (300  yards).  Walk  1  minute 
(100  yards).  Do  6  times. 

4  Jog  4  minutes  (600  yards).  Walk  1  minute 
(100  yards).  Do  4  times. 

5  Jog  6  minutes  (900  yards).  Walk  1  minute 
(100  yards).  Do  3  times. 

6  Jog  8  minutes  (1 ,200  yards).  Walk  2  minutes 
(200  yards).  Do  2  times. 

7  Jog  10  minutes  (1,500  yards).  Walk  2  min- 
utes (200  yards).  Do  2  times. 

8  Jog  12  minutes  (1,760  yards).  Walk  2  min- 
utes (200  yards).  Do  2  times. 

Intermediate  Program  (Jog  -  Run) 

If  you  have  followed  the  starter  program  or  are  already 
reasonably  active,  you  are  ready  for  the  intermediate  program. 
You  are  able  to  jog  one  (1 )  mile  slowly  without  undue  fatigue, 
rest  2  minutes,  and  do  it  again.  Your  sessions  consume  about 
250  calories. 

You  are  ready  to  increase  both  the  intensity  and  the  dura- 
tion of  your  runs.  You  will  be  using  the  heart  rate  training  zone 
for  those  of  medium  fitness  (fitness  score  of  35  to  45).  You  will 
begin  jogging  1  mile  in  12  minutes,  and  when  you  finish  this 
program  you  may  be  able  to  complete  3  or  more  miles  at  a  pace 
approaching  8  minutes  a  mile.  Each  week's  program  includes 
three  phases—  the  basic  workout,  longer  runs  (over  distance).  If 
a  week's  program  seems  too  easy,  move  ahead;  if  it  seems  too 
hard,  move  back  a  week  or  two.  Remember  to  make  a  warmup 
and  a  cooldown  part  of  every  exercise  session. 

12-Week  Program  is 

shown  on  the 

following  pages 


63 


WEEK1 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

1  mile  in  11  minutes;  active  recovery  (walk).  Run  twice. 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

Va  to  1/2  mile  slowly. 

V2  mile  in  5  minutes  30  seconds.  Run  twice  (recover  between 
repeats). 

Va  mile  in  2  minutes  45  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

Jog  Va  to  Vi  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 

2  miles  slowly.  (Use  the  talk  test:  Jog  at  a  pace  that  allows  you  to 
converse.) 


WEEK  2 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

1  mile  in  10  minutes  30  seconds;  active  recovery.  Run  twice. 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

Va  to  Vi  mile  slowly. 

Vi  mile  in  5  minutes. 

Va  mile  in  2  minutes  30  seconds.  Run  2  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

Va  mile  in  2  minutes  45  seconds.  Run  2  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  1  minute  20  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

Va  to  Vi  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
2Va  miles  slowly. 


64 


PACE  GUIDE  FOR  GAGING  SPEED  OVER  VARIOUS  DISTANCES 

1              1/2            1/4            220            100             50 
Pace                      Mile          Mile          Mile        Yards       Yards       Yards 
(in  minutes  and  seconds) 

Slow  10/cal  min. 

Jog        (120cal/mile)*    12:00       6:00        3:00         1:30        0:40        0:20 

Jog  12  cal/min 

(120cal/mile)*    10:00       5:00        2:30         1:15        0:34        0:17 

Run  15  cal/min 

(120cal/mile)*      8:00        4:00         2:00         1:00         0:27         0:13 

Fast  20  cal/min 

Run        (120  cal/min)*      6:00        3:00         1:30         0:45         0:20         0:10 

*  Depends  on  eff icency  and  body  size;  add  1 0  percent  for  each  1 5  pounds  over  1 50;  subtract  1 0 
percent  for  each  15  pounds  under  150. 


WEEK  3 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

1  mile  in  10  minutes;  active  recovery.  Run  twice. 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

1/4  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

V2  mile  in  4  minutes  45  seconds. 

1/4  mile  in  2  minutes  30  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  30  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

100  yards  in  30  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

1/4  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
21/2  miles  slowly. 


65 


WEEK  4 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

1  mile  in  9  minutes  30  seconds;  active  recovery.  Run  twice. 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

1/4  to  Vi  mile  slowly. 

V2  mile  in  4  minutes  45  seconds.  Run  twice  (recover  between 
repeats) 

1/4  mile  in  2  minutes  30  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  1  minute.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

1/4  to  Vi  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
23/4  miles  lowly. 


WEEK  5 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

1  mile  in  9  minutes  30  seconds;  active  recovery.  Run  twice. 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

1/4  to  1/2  mile  slowly. 

1/2  mile  in  4  minutes  30  seconds. 

Va  mile  in  2  minutes  20  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  60  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

100  yards  in  27  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

1/4  to  1/2  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
3  miles  slowly. 


66 


WEEK  6 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

11/2  miles  in  13  minutes  30  seconds;  active  recovery.  Run  twice. 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

Va  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

V2  mile  in  4  minutes  30  seconds.  Run  twice  (recover  between 
repeats) 

Va  mile  in  2  minutes  10  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  60  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

100  yards  in  25  seconds.  Run  twice  (recover  between  repeats) 

Va  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
3  miles  slowly;  increase  pace  last  Va  mile. 


WEEK  7 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

IV2  miles  in  13  minutes;  active  recovery.  Run  twice. 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

Va  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

M?  mile  in  4  minutes  15  seconds.  Run  twice  (recover  between 
repeats) 

Va  mile  in  2  minutes.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

220  yards  in  55  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

Va  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
31/2  miles  slowly;  always  increase  pace  near  finish. 


67 


WEEK  8 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

1  mile  in  8  minutes;  active  recovery;  run  1  mile  in  8  minutes  30 
seconds;  active  recovery;  repeat  (total  of  3  miles). 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

1/4  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

1/2  mile  in  4  minutes  30  seconds.  Run  twice  (recover  between 
repeats) 

Va  mile  in  1  minute  50  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  55  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

100  yards  in  23  seconds.  Run4  times  (recover  between  repeats) 

1/4  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
3%  miles  slowly. 


WEEK  9 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

1  mile  in  8  minutes.  Run  3  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

1/4  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

Vi  mile  in  3  minutes  30  seconds. 

Va  mile  in  1  minute  45  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  50  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

100  yards  in  20  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats) 

50  yards  in  10  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

1/4  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
4  miles  slowly. 


68 


WEEK  10 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

11/2  miles  in  12  minutes.  Run  twice  (recover  between  repeats). 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

Va  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

V2  mile  in  3  minutes  45  seconds.  Run  3  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

Va  mile  in  1  minute  50  seconds.  Run  6  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  45  seconds.  Run  twice  (recover  between  repeats). 

Va  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 
4  miles;  increase  pace  last  V2  mile. 


WEEK  11 

Basic  Workout  (Monday,  Thursday) 

1  mile  in  7  minutes  30  seconds.  Run  3  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

Underdistance  (Tuesday,  Friday) 

Va  to  Vi  mile  slowly. 

V2  mile  in  3  minutes  50  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

Va  mile  in  1  minute  45  seconds.  Run  4  times  (recover  between 
repeats). 

220  yards  in  45  seconds.  Run  2  times  (recover  between  repeats). 

Va  to  V2  mile  slowly. 

Overdistance  (Wednesday,  Saturday  or  Sunday) 

Over  4  miles  slowly  (more  than  400  calories  per  workout). 


69 


WEEK  12 

Basic  Workout 

1 V2  miles  in  1 1  minutes  40  seconds. 

You've  achieved  the  fitness  standard  of  45.  Proceed  to  the 
advanced  aerobic  fitness  program. 


Advanced  Aerobic  Training 

This  section  is  for  the  self-trained  runner.  We  will  provide  some 
suggestions  for  advanced  training,  but  keep  in  mind  there  is  no 
single  way  to  train.  If  you  enjoy  underdistance  training,  by  all 
means  use  it,  if  you  find  that  you  prefer  overdistance,  you  will  like 
the  suggestions  offered  here. 

Long  slow  distance  running  seems  to  be  the  ideal  way  to  train. 
It  combines  the  features  of  over  and  underdistance  with  a  min- 
imum of  discomfort.  Simply  pick  up  the  pace  as  you  approach  the 
end  of  a  long  run,  and  you  will  receive  an  optimal  training  stimulus. 
Moreover,  since  the  speed  work  is  limited  to  a  short  span  near  the 
end  of  the  run,  discomfort  is  brief. 

Consider  the  following  suggestions: 

•  Always  warmup  before  you  run. 

•  Use  high  fitness  heart  rate  training  zone. 

•  Vary  the  location  and  distance  of  the  run  (long  -  short; 
fast-  slow;  hilly-  flat). 

•  Set  the  distance  goals: 
Phase  1:  20  miles  a  week 

Phase  2:  25  miles  a  week  (ready  for  3-  to  5-mile  road 

races) 
Phase  3:  30  miles  a  week 
Phase  4:  35  miles  a  week  (ready  for  5-  to  7-mile  road 

races  such  as  the  4th  of  July  Peachtree  Road 

Race) 
Phase  5:  40  miles  a  week 
Phase  6:  45  miles  a  week  (ready  for  7-  to  10-mile  road 

races) 
Phase  7:  More  than  50  miles  a  week  (consider  longer 

races  such  as  Boston  Marathon  -  26.2  miles) 

•  Do  not  be  a  slave  to  your  goals,  and  do  not  increase 
weekly  mileage  unless  you  enjoy  it. 


70 


•  Run  6  days  a  week  if  you  enjoy  it;  otherwise,  try  an 
alternate  day  schedule  with  longer  runs. 

•  Try  one  long  run  (not  over  one-third  of  weekly  distance) 
on  Saturday  or  Sunday. 

•  Try  two  shorter  runs  if  the  long  ones  seem  difficult:  5  +  5 
instead  of  10. 

•  Keep  records  if  you  like  —  you  will  be  surprised.  Record 
date,  distance,  comments.  Note  resting  pulse,  body 
weight.  At  least  annually,  check  your  performance  over  a 
measured  distance  and  observe  progress  (use  a  local 
road  race  or  the  11/2-mile  run  test). 

•  Do  not  train  with  a  stopwatch.  Wear  a  wristwatch  so  you 
will  know  how  long  you  have  run. 

•  Increase  speed  as  you  approach  the  finish  of  run. 

•  Always  cooldown  after  a  run. 

AEROBIC  SUPPLEMENTS 

When  you  are  unable  to  engage  in  your  regular  aerobic 
fitness  activities,  consider  one  of  these  alternatives: 

Skipping  Rope 

This  is  such  a  good  exercise  that  it  can  be  a  full  time 
aerobic  fitness  activity.  The  equipment  is  inexpensive  and  easy 
to  transport.  You  can  skip  rope  anywhere,  even  in  a  motel  room 
or  office.  The  exercise  allows  a  wide  range  of  exercise  intensi- 
ties, and  research  studies  have  equated  10  minutes  of  vigorous 
rope  skipping  in  cardiovascular  benefit  to  20  to  30  minutes  of 
jogging. 

Rope  length  is  important.  It  should  reach  the  armpits  when 
held  beneath  the  feet.  Commercial  skip  ropes  with  ball  bear- 
ings in  the  handles  are  easier  and  smoother  to  use,  but  a  length 
of  #10  sash  cord  from  your  local  hardware  store  serves  quite 
well. 

Rope  skipping  requires  a  degree  of  coordination,  and  if 
done  inappropriately  can  quickly  raise  the  heart  rate  above 
your  training  zone.  If  this  happens,  walk  or  jog  in  place  slowly, 
then  resume  skipping. 

Besides  the  aerobic  benefits,  rope  skipping  can  improve 
your  tennis  or  handball,  where  rapid  footwork  is  important. 


71 


Run  In  Place 

For  joggers  and  runners  when  weather  or  travel  prohibits  the 
usual  run.  Since  it  is  necessary  to  double  the  time  to  achieve  a 
comparable  benefit,  it  can  only  be  viewed  as  an  occasional 
supplement. 

Stationary  Bicycle 

Several  systems  are  available  for  indoor  cycling.  They  range 
from  the  inexpensive,  which  involves  a  stand  for  your  bicycle,  to 
the  moderate  price  range  (under  $150.00)  for  a  stationary  bicycle, 
to  the  expensive  (approaching  $1,000.00)  for  fancy  cycles  that 
include  the  electronics  necessary  to  provide  resistance  as  well  as  a 
readout  of  heart  rate  responses  to  workload.  You  can  use  the 
aerobic  fitness  prescriptions  to  achieve  training  benefits  on  the 
bicycle.  The  indoor  cycle  must  include  a  mechanism  for  the  con- 
trol of  resistance  during  cycling.  Without  resistance  you  will  not  be 
able  to  achieve  your  heart  rate  training  zone. 

Treadmill 

Several  relatively  inexpensive  (under  $300.00)  treadmills  are 
sold.  These  nonmotorized  devices  must  have  an  adjustable  grade  if 
they  are  to  serve  for  aerobic  training.  Expensive  motorized  devices 
are  excellent  indoor  training  machines  but  price  prohibits  their 
general  use.  The  stationary  bicycle  and  the  treadmill  often  are  used 
in  post-coronary  home  rehabilitation  programs. 


72 


Bench  Stepping 

A  sturdy  bench  or  box  can  become  an  exercise  device.  By 
increasing  the  rate  or  duration  of  effort  specific  training  effects  can 
be  realized.  By  wearing  a  loaded  pack,  you  can  emphasize  the 
muscular  fitness  benefits  of  the  exercise. 


Stair  Running 

Coaches  often  have  their  athletes  run  stadium  steps  in  a  com- 
bination aerobic  —  anaerobic  —  muscular  fitness  training  pro- 
gram. When  duration  is  emphasized,  aerobic  training  predomi- 
nates. When  speed  is  emphasized,  strength  and  anaerobic  capa- 
bilities are  developed.  The  steps  in  a  gym,  state  office  or  apartment 
building  provide  the  opportunity  for  extended  effort. 

MAINTAINING  AEROBIC  FITNESS 

Once  you  have  achieved  the  level  of  aerobic  fitness  that  suits 
your  personal  needs  as  well  as  the  work  capacity  needed  for  your 
job,  you  can  switch  to  a  maintenance  program.  Research  indicates 
that  you  can  maintain  a  given  level  of  fitness  with  2  or  3  days  of 
activity  a  week.  The  activity  must  be  at  the  same  intensity  and 
duration  you  employed  to  achieve  fitness.  Exercise  of  lesser  inten- 
sity but  longer  duration  achieves  the  same  effect. 


73 


If  a  40  year  old  swims  for  several  months  to  attain  a  fitness 
score  of  50,  he  or  she  can  maintain  that  level  with  two  or  three 
workouts  a  week,  or  one  swim  a  week  and  2  hours  of  tennis,  4  or  5 
days  a  week.  A  periodic  recheck  with  the  step  test  will  tell  you  if  you 
are,  in  fact,  maintaining  the  fitness  you  worked  so  hard  to  achieve. 

You  are  encouraged  to  seek  activities  you  enjoy  and  to  inte- 
grate them  into  your  lifestyle.  Before  long  you  will  find  that  exercise 
and  training  are  no  longer  viewed  as  an  obligation.  When  exercise 
becomes  an  enjoyable  —  even  essential  —  part  of  your  day,  you 
will  have  achieved  the  health,  fitness,  and  work  capacity  needed  to 
accomplish  your  job,  and  still  have  sufficient  energy  to  enjoy 
leisure  time  pursuits. 

Year-Round  Activity 

Year-round  activity  is  the  ideal  way  to  achieve  and  maintain 
fitness.  It  minimizes  the  pain  and  soreness  associated  with  the 
return  to  activity.  It  keeps  fitness  at  an  optional  level  and  minimizes 
the  problem  of  weight  control.  Take  a  moment  to  outline  your 
current  physical  activity  habits  on  a  sheet  of  paper.  Fill  in  the  sports 
or  activities  you  enjoy  each  season.  When  you  find  a  blank  spot 
consider  a  new  activity,  an  exercise  supplement,  or  an  exercise  to 
help  you  prepare  for  an  upcoming  season.  This  brief  mental  exer- 
cise will  show  how  one  activity  might  logically  blend  into  the  next, 
removing  the  need  for  extensive  physical  training.  For  example,  if 
you  work  out  in  the  gym  all  winter  and  run  in  the  spring,  you  will  not 
have  to  worry  about  your  fitness  for  summer  work  projects. 


Activities 

Winter 

Spring 

Summer 

Fall 

Major 

Minor 

74 


■'■■  <■--•■.-. 


o 

CO 

O 


o 


"D 


CO 

CO 
CO 

CD 


cc 


o 

CO 


PART 


Muscular  Fitness  and  Work  Capacity 


We  have  related  aerobic  fitness  to  work  capacity  and  provided 
you  with  prescriptions  for  achieving  and  maintaining  aerobic  fit- 
ness. Like  aerobic  fitness,  muscular  fitness  is  an  integral  part  of 
total  fitness  for  work  capacity.  It  depends  on  muscular  strength, 
endurance,  and  flexibility. 

MUSCULAR  STRENGTH 

Dynamic  muscular  strength  is  clearly  related  to  work  capacity. 
Your  dynamic  strength  is  simply  the  most  weight  a  specific  group 
of  muscles  can  lift  at  a  single  time.  Strength  depends  largely  on  the 
cross  section  area  of  the  muscle  and  connective  tissue. 

Training  and  experience  also  influence  strength.  A  learning 
effect  occurs,  whereby  the  nervous  system  becomes  better  able  to 
use  available  strength.  Also  through  practice  and  experience,  we 
tend  to  lose  the  inhibitions  that  prevent  us  from  using  all  the 
strength  we  possess. 

Muscular  strength  is  the  primary  factor  limiting  work  capacity 
when  a  single  maximum  lift  is  involved  as  lifting  a  dead  deer  or  for 
repeated  lifting  of  boat  motor,  gas  can  or  truck  wheel.  Strength, 
muscular  endurance,  and  aerobic  capacity  combine  to  set  limits  on 
work  capacity. 

Some  people,  women  and  older  men  for  example,  may  have 
high  levels  of  aerobic  capacity  but  low  muscular  strength.  The 
average  woman  has  about  half  the  arm  and  shoulder  strength  and 
three-fourths  the  leg  strength  of  the  average  man.  But  when 
strength  expressed  per  unit  of  lean  body  weight  (fat-free  weight) 
the  woman's  leg  strength  is  comparable  to  the  mans,  although  arm 
strength  is  still  30  percent  below  male  values. 

However,  when  women  engage  in  strength  training,  as  they 
have  in  several  recent  research  studies,  they  gain  muscular 
strength,  and  the  strength  is  not  accompanied  by  an  undesirable 
increase  in  muscular  size.  Given  the  opportunity  the  average 
woman  should  be  able  to  achieve  the  muscular  fitness  needed  to 
carry  out  arduous  work  tasks. 


76 


MUSCULAR  ENDURANCE 

Muscular  endurance  is  an  essential  component  of  work  capac- 
ity. Endurance  implies  the  ability  to  persist  and  is  defined  and 
measured  by  the  muscles  ability  to  lift  a  load  over  and  over. 

Physical  conditioning  increases  endurance  by  improving  the 
muscle  fibers  aerobic  energy  producing  capability,  and  tasks 
involving  repetitive  action  depend  on  well-developed  aerobic 
energy  production. 

Most  work  tasks  require  more  endurance  than  strength.  Many 
individuals  mistakenly  use  the  term  strength  when  they  really 
mean  endurance.  If  an  individual  already  has  the  strength  to 
accomplish  a  task,  physical  conditioning  should  focus  on  endur- 
ance. Only  those  with  inadequate  strength  need  to  engage  in 
strength  training. 

FLEXIBILITY  AND  STRETCHING 

Flexibility  is  important  for  success  in  work  or  sport.  Excessive 
flexibility  is  not  necessary,  but  some  is  helpful  to  assist  the  Ranger 
over  and  under  fences,  around  fallen  trees  and  to  lessen  the  risk  of 
injury  in  most  forms  of  vigorous  activity.  Flexibility  is  the  range  of 
motion  through  which  the  limbs  are  able  to  move.  Skin,  connective 
tissue,  and  conditions  within  joints  restrict  this  range.  Improved 
flexibility  can  reduce  the  potential  for  injury. 


77 


The  range  of  motion  Increases  when  joints  and  muscles  are 
warmed.  This  suggests  that  a  warmup  concentrating  on  stretching 
the  leg  muscles  is  a  good  idea.  When  beginning  stretching  exer- 
cises for  example  touching  your  toes,  move  slowly;  then  bob  gently 
to  further  stretch  muscles.  Vigorous  bobbing  and  stretching  only 
tighten  muscles.  Muscles  react  to  a  sudden  stretch  with  a  reflexive 
contraction  (stretch  reflex). 

Flexibility  exercises  are  especially  important  when  training  to 
increase  muscular  strength  and  endurance.  They  help  to  maintain 
the  range  of  motion  that  might  otherwise  be  lost.  Stretching  exer- 
cises also  help  reduce  muscle  soreness.  So  stretching  shouid  be 
done  before  and  after  exercise,  and  whenever  soreness  occurs 
(ususally  24  hours  after  vigorous  effort). 

Finally,  flexibility  becomes  more  important  as  we  grow  older. 
We  have  to  spend  more  time  with  stretching  exercises  to  maintain 
the  range  of  motion,  because  tissue  becomes  stiff  and  less  elastic 
with  age.  Many  low  back  problems  are  the  result  of  poor  flexibility. 


STRETCHING  TECHNIQUES 
FOR  INCREASED  FLEXIBILITY 

Static  Stretching 

When  you  begin  to  stretch,  the  first  5  to  10  seconds  of  the 
stretch  are  spent  in  the  "easy  stretch."  Here  you  can  totally  relax 
while  you  feel  an  easy  stretch.  After  this  phase  of  stretching,  slowly 
go  into  the  "developmental  stretch."  Here  the  feeling  of  the  stretch 
will  become  more  intense  but  it  should  not  be  painful. 

When  stretching,  breathing  should  be  slow,  rhythmical  and 
under  control.  If  you  are  bending  forward  to  do  a  stretch,  exhale  as 
you  bend  forward  and  then  breathe  at  a  slow,  rhythmical  pace  as 
you  hold  the  stretch.  Do  not  hold  your  breath  while  stretching.  If 
the  position  of  a  stretch  inhibits  the  natural  breathing  pattern,  then 
ease  up  on  the  stretch  to  where  natural,  slow,  rhythmical  breathing 
is  possible. 

1 .    Easy  Stretch: 

Spend  5-10  seconds  in  this  phase  —  no  bouncing. 
Should  feel  a  gentle  pull-relax  and  hold. 
This  reduces  muscular  tightness  and  readies  the  tissue  for 
the  development  stretch. 


78 


Developmental  Stretch: 

Move  gradually  from  the  easy  stretch  position  into  the 

developmental  stretch. 
Relax  as  you  pull. 
3e  in  control. 

The  tension  should  ease  off  slightly. 
This  phase  fine-tunes  the  muscles  and  increases  flexibility. 
Time  may  be  10-20  seconds. 

Breathing: 

Should  be  slow,  rhythmical  and  under  control. 

Do  not  hold  your  breath  while  stretching. 

Exhale  as  you  bend  forward  and  then  breathe  slowly  as  you 

hold  the  stretch. 
Relax. 

The  Stretch  Reflex: 

This  system  protects  our  muscles  from  over  stretching. 

A  nerve  reflex  responds  by  sending  a  signal  to  the  muscles  to 
contract. 

Holding  a  stretch  as  far  as  you  can  go  or  bouncing  up  and 
down  strains  the  muscles  and  activates  this  reflex.  This 
causes  pain  and  some  microscopic  tearing  of  muscle 
fibers.  This  could  be  due  to  a  loss  of  elasticity. 


Stretch 

Easy  Motion 
Loosen  Up 

Developmental 
Easy  Stretch           Stretch 

Movement 

2-5  minutes 

5-10  seconds     10-20  seconds 

Tempo  increases  if 
warming  up 

Tempo  decreases  if 
cooling  down 

5 .    Most  Appropriate  Times  for  Stretching: 

In  the  morning  before  the  start  of  the  day 
At  work  to  help  release  nervous  tension 
After  sitting  for  a  long  time 
Before  activity  —  warm  up 
After  activity  —  cool  down 
When  you  feel  stiff 


79 


UPPER  BODY,  TRUNK,  AND  LOWER  BACK 
STRETCHING  EXERCISES 


Trunk  Rotation 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  muscles  in  the  back, 

sides,  and  shoulder  girdle. 

Starting  Position: 

Stand  astride  with  feet  pointed 

forward;  raise  arms  to  shoulder 

level.  May  use  bar  to  increase 

stretch  to  the  deltoid  muscle  and 

waist. 

Movement: 

Twist  trunk  to  the  right;  avoid  lift- 
ing heels.  Repeat  3  or  4  times 
before  twisting  to  left  side. 

Repetitions: 
10 

Double  Arm  Circles  and  Toe 
Raises 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  muscles  of  the  shoulder 
girdle  and  to  strengthen  muscles 
of  the  feet. 

Starting  Position: 

Stand  with  feet  about  12  inches 

apart  and  arms  at  sides. 

Movement: 

Swing  arms  upward  and  around, 
making  large  circles.  As  arms  are 
raised  and  crossed  overhead,  rise 
on  toes. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  15 


80 


3a.   Forward  Bend 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  muscles  of  the  but- 
tocks and  posterior  leg. 

Starting  Position:  Stand  astride 
with  hands  on  hips. 

Movement: 

Slowly  bend  forward  to  a  90 
degree  angle;  return  slowly  to 
starting  position;  keep  back  flat. 

Repetitions: 

10 

3b.  Abdominal  Chum 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  muscles  of  the  but- 
tocks, abdomen,  and  posterior 
leg. 

Starting  Position: 

Stand  astride  with  hands  on  hips. 

Movement: 

Lower  trunk  sideward  to  left; 
rotate  to  forward  position  and  to 
right;  return  to  upright  position. 
Repeat  and  reverse  direction  after 
2  rotations. 

Repetitions: 
5  to  8 


'-"  **\     *—*~\ 


***•-.''     «~^.-' 


3c.   Bar  Hang 

Purpose: 

To  stretch   muscles  of  arms, 

shoulders,  back,  trunk,  hips,  and 

pelvic  regions.  Good  general  body 

stretcher. 

Starting  Position: 

Hang  from  bar  with  arms  straight. 

Repetitions: 

1  for  up  to  60  seconds. 


81 


Shoulder  and  Chest  Stretch 


Purpose: 

To  stretch  muscles  of  the  chest 

and  shoulders. 

Starting  Position: 

Stand  astride  or  kneel  with  arms 

at  shoulder  level  and  elbows  bent. 

Movement: 

Slowly  force  elbows  backward 

and  return  to  starting  position. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  15. 


5a.   Lower  Back  Stretch 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  muscles  in  the  lower 

back. 

Starting  Position: 
Crouch  on  back  until  buttocks 
touch  heels;  emphasize  round- 
ing   back;    return   to   starting 
position. 

Repetitions: 
10 


5b.  Alternate  Lower  Back  Stretch 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  muscles  in  the  lower 

back  and  buttocks. 

Starting  Position: 

Lie  on  back  with  the  legs  extended 

or  stand  erect. 

Movement: 

Lift  and  bend  one  leg;  grasp  the 
knee  and  keep  the  opposite  leg 
flat;  pull  knee  to  chest.  Repeat 
with  alternate  leg. 

Repetitions: 
10 


82 


5c.  Advanced  Lower  Back  and  Ham- 
string Stretch 

Purpose: 

To  sketch  muscles  of  the  lower 

back  and  hamstring  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Lie  on  back  with  legs  bent. 

Movement: 

Keep  knees  together  and  slowly 

bring   them    over   the    head; 

straighten  the  legs  and  touch  the 

toes  to  the  floor;  return  to  starting 

position. 

Repetitions: 
5  to  10 

6.     Inverted  Stretch 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  and  strengthen  the 
anterior  hip,  buttocks,  and  ab- 
dominal muscles. 

Starting  Position: 
Sit  with  arms  at  side. 

Movement: 

Support  body  with  heels  and  arms 
and  raise  trunk  as  high  as  pos- 
sible. 

Repetitions: 

10 


LEG  STRETCHING  EXERCISES 


7a.   Front  Leg  Stretch 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  the  muscles  in  the 

anterior  leg. 

Starting  Position: 

Kneel  with  tops  of  ankles  and  feet 

flat  on  the  gound. 

Movement: 

Lean  backward  slowly;  keep  the 
back  straight;  maintain  tension 
on  muscles  for  30  to  60  seconds. 

Repetitions: 
1  to  2 


83 


7b.  Front  Leg  Stretch 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  the  muscles  of  the 

anterior  thigh  and  hip. 

Starting  Position: 

Lie  on  the  ground  with  face  down 

or  stand  erect. 

Movement: 

Pull  the  ankle  to  the  hip  slowly; 
hold  for  3  counts  and  release  the 
ankle.  Use  same  procedure  for 
other  side. 

Note: 

If  difficulty  is  encountered  is 
assuming  starting  position,  ask 
for  assistance. 

Repetitions: 
5  to  10 


10.   Hamstring  Stretch 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  the  muscles  in  the 

posterior  leg  and  thigh. 

Starting  Position: 
Sit  on  ground  with  one  leg  ex- 
tended straightforward;  place  the 
other  leg  forward  with  the  knee 
bent  and  the  sole  touching  the 
inner  thigh  of  the  extended  leg. 

Movement: 

Bend  forward  and  attempt  to 
touch  the  head  to  the  knee;  hold 
stretch  for  30  to  60  seconds. 
Repeat  with  other  leg. 

Repetitions: 
1  to  2 


84 


11  a.  Calf  Stretcher 

Purpose: 

To  stretch  the  posterior  leg  and 

ankle  muscles. 

Siarting  Position: 
Stand  in  forward  stride  position 
with  the  forward  knee  partially 
flexed  and  the  rear  leg  fully 
extended;  keep  feet  pointed  for- 
ward and  heels  flat  on  the  ground. 

Movement: 

Lean  trunk  forward  until  a  con- 
tinuous stretch  occurs  in  the  rear 
calf;  hold  stretch  for  30  to  60 
seconds.  Repeat  with  other  leg. 

Repetitions: 
1  to  2 


11b.  Calf  Stretcher 

Purpose: 

To   stretch   the   posterior   leg 

muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Stand  in  upright  position  with  the 

balls  of  the  feet  on  the  edge  of  a 

step. 

Movement: 

Slowly  lower  heels  and  hold  for 
30  to  60  seconds;  raise  heels  and 
rise  on  toes. 

Repetitions: 
1  to  2 


85 


OTHER  MUSCULAR  FITNESS  FACTORS 

Balance 

Dynamic  balance  is  the  ability  to  maintain  equilibrium  during 
vigorous  movements  such  as  in  walking  a  lap,  jumping  a  stream,  or 
carrying  a  heavy  load.  Balance  depends  on  the  ability  to  integrate 
visual  input  with  sensory  information  from  the  semicircular  canal 
in  the  inner  ear  and  muscles  (kinesthetic  receptors).  Although  it  is 
difficult  to  measure  and  predict  how  dynamic  balance  contributes 
to  work  capacity,  ample  evidence  indicates  that  balance  can  be 
improved  by  physical  training.  Participation  in  sports  and  on-the- 
job  experience  also  should  improve  dynamic  balance. 

Agility 

Agility  is  the  capacity  to  rapidly  change  position  and  direction 
with  precision  and  without  loss  of  balance.  It  depends  on  strength 
and  speed  as  well  as  balance.  Most  agility-tests  were  developed  for 
the  world  of  sports  and  do  not  relate  to  work  capacity.  This  is  why 
the  Merit  System  was  asked  to  revise  the  test  for  applicants  to  make 
it  more  job  related  and  test  the  ability  skills  to  perform  job  tasks. 
But  agility  is  certainly  important  in  avoiding  injury,  especially  in 
unpredictable  work  situations  in  the  field  dealing  with  game  and 
fish  violators.  Studies  show  that  agility  can  be  improved  with  prac- 
tice and  experience.  Overweight  hinders  agility.  Extreme  muscu- 
larity is  not  a  prerequisite  for  agility.  Balance  and  agility  may 
deteriorate  with  fatigue,  so  we  can  conclude  that  aerobic  and 
muscular  fitness  are  important  in  maintaining  both. 

Skill 

Every  skill  is  specific.  Ability  in  tennis  does  not  insure  success 
in  badminton  or  racketball.  Each  skill  must  be  learned  individually, 
and  skill  is  not  easily  transferred  as  teachers,  coaches,  or  re- 
searchers once  thought.  Skill  is  an  important  factor  in  work  capac- 
ity. Skilled  workers  work  more  efficiently;  they  do  not  waste 
movement  or  energy.  A  skilled  worker  often  can  outperform  a 
stronger  or  more  fit  coworker. 

Skill  or  technique  can  be  learned.  With  proper  technique  you 
can  make  the  best  use  of  leverage  and  large  muscle  groups.  The 
skills  required  to  move  or  lift  deer,  outboard  motors  and  truck 
wheels  are  rot  complex  and  with  good  instruction  most  employees 


86 


can  reach  a  satisfactory  level  of  performance  in  a  few  practice 
sessions. 

MUSCULAR  FITNESS 

Weight  Training 

When  participating  in  a  weight  lifting  program  you  can  train 
for  muscular  endurance  or  muscular  strength. 

Muscular  endurance  is  developed  by  training  with  lighter 
weights  and  more  repetitions  (10  or  more).  Muscular  strength  is 
developed  by  training  with  heavier  weights  and  fewer  repetitions  (6 
to  8). 

While  strength  training  results  in  an  increase  in  the  size  of  the 
muscle,  endurance  training  will  develop  muscle  definition.  A  pro- 
gram geared  at  taking  advantage  of  both  techniques  would  be 
highly  recommended.  This  type  of  program  would  consist  of  train- 
ing with  a  medium  weight,  at  3  sets  of  exercises,  with  8  repetitions 
per  set,  3  times  a  week.  Start  your  first  set  of  repetitions  at  a  weight 
which  is  exactly  half  of  the  maximum  weight  that  you  can  lift  in  one 
repetition.  Then  increase  the  weight  for  each  of  the  next  two  sets. 
As  soon  as  the  required  number  of  repetitions  can  be  easily  man- 
aged, more  weight  should  be  added. 


87 


While  strength  does  not  increase  rapidly,  you  should  expect: 

•  A  rate  of  increase  ranging  from  1  to  3  percent  a  week  (The 
untrained  increase  at  a  faster  rate  than  the  trained) 

•  The  rate  of  gain  to  decrease  as  you  approach  your  poten- 
tial maximum  strength. 

•  Improvements  to  take  place  only  in  the  muscle  groups 
trained. 

Sedentary  individuals  who  have  done  no  lifting  can  expect  to 
increase  in  strength  50  percent  after  six  months  of  serious  weight 
lifting.  Active  persons  with  no  lifting  experience  may  achieve 
between  25  to  50  percent,  while  active  workers  who  have  lifted  may 
increase  only  up  to  25  percent  because  they  are  approaching  their 
potential  maximum  strength. 


When  you  engage  in  weight  lifting,  keep  these  points  in  mind: 

>  Never  hold  your  breath  during  a  lift.  This  can  cause  a 
marked  increase  in  blood  pressure  and  in  the  work  of  the 
heart  and  the  circulation  in  the  coronary  arteries.  So  just 
when  your  heart  needs  more  oxygen,  it  gets  less  —  a 
dangerous  situation,  especially  for  older,  unconditioned 
individuals.  Exhale  during  the  lift  and  inhale  as  the  weight 
is  lowered. 


88 


•  Always  work  with  a  companion  ready  to  assist  when 
lifting  heavy  weights. 

•  Keep  accurate  records.  Record  your  weights,  repetitions, 
set;  also,  test  for  maximum  strength  every  few  weeks. 
Record  your  body  weight  and  body  dimensions  —  size  of 
biceps,  waist,  thighs,  and  calves. 

•  Alternate  muscle  groups  during  a  training  session.  Do  not 
do  several  arm  exercises  in  a  row.  Also,  allow  recovery 
time  between  sets  of  the  same  exercise. 


Safety  Precautions 

•  Weight  training  routine  should  be  preceded  by  flexibility, 
dynamic  strength  and  other  calisthenics  routines  as  a 
warm-up. 

•  Do  not  exercise  alone. 

•  Keep  the  weights  close  to  the  body. 

•  Avoid  hyperventilating. 

•  Use  breath  control. 

•  Use  correct  techniques. 


89 


MUSCULAR  STRENGTH  AND  ENDURANCE  EXERCISES 


Two  options  will  be  Illustrated  for  each  of  the  following  rou- 
tines. The  first  option  (A)  will  utilize  weights;  the  second  (B) 
stresses  the  same  muscle  group,  but  without  utilizing  weights. 

Weight  Training  Warm-up 

Purpose: 

To  utilize  all  of  the  major  muscle  groups  in  a  warm-up  routine  prior  to  concentrat- 
ing on  specific  muscle  groups. 

Starting  Position: 

Place  feet  astride;  bend  knees;  keep  back  straight;  hold  a  bar  with  an  overhand 

grip.  (Position  A) 

Movement: 

Straighten  legs  with  back  still  straight;  raise  elbows  to  shoulder  height  or  higher 

(Position  B);  lower  elbows  next  to  the  trunk  and  keep  the  weight  at  chest  level; 

press  the  weight  over  the  head  and  fully  extend  arms  (Position  C);  return  weight  to 

floor. 

Repetitions: 
8  to  10 


Position  A 


Position  B 


Position  C 


90 


Jumping  Jacks 

Purpose: 

To  utilize  all  of  the  major  muscle 

groups  in  a  warm-up  routine  prior  to 

concentrating  on  specific  muscle 

groups. 

Starting  Position: 

Stand  erect  with  feet  together  and 

arms  at  the  side. 

Movement: 

Swing  arms  upward  until  over  head 
and  spread  feet  apart  in  one  move- 
ment; in  second  movement,  return  to 
starting  position. 

Repetitions: 
20 

Military  Press 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  shoulder,  upper 

back,  and  arm  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Support  weight  at  shoulder  level  with 

an  overhead  grip. 

Movement: 

Push  weight  directly  overhead;  keep 
the  back  and  knees  straight;  return 
the  weight  slowly  to  starting  position. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  12 

Curl 

Purpose: 

To   strengthen   the  anterior  arm 

muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Hold  weight  with  a  palms-up  grip; 

keep  arms  straight. 

Movement: 

Bend  arms  and  bring  weight  up  to 

chest;  return  slowly 

Repetitions: 
10  to  12 


91 


Pull-up 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  anterior  arm,  upper 

back,  and  shoulder  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Place  hands  about  18  inches  apart  on 
overhead  bar  with  either  a  palms-in  or 
a  palms-out  grip;  keep  arms  straight 
in  order  to  support  the  body. 

Movement: 

Pull  body  up  so  chin  comes  above  the 

bar;  slowly  lower  the  body  to  starting 

position. 

Repetitions: 
Progress  to  10  to  15 

Sit-up 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  abdominal  and  hip 

flexor  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Lie  on  back  with  knees  bent  and 
hands  clasped  under  head  or  holding 
weight  on  chest. 

Movement: 

Raise  head  and  trunk  to  an  upright 
position;  hold  position  for  3  counts; 
slowly  return  to  starting  position. 
Emphasize  a  roll-up  type  movement. 

Repetitions: 
15  to  20 


Leg  Pull-up 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  abdominal  and  hip 

flexor  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Hang  from  bar  with  body  straight. 

Movement: 

Bend  knees  slowly;  bring  knees  to 

chest;    return    slowly   to   starting 

position. 

Repetitions: 
Progress  to  10  to  15 


92 


Bent-over  Rowing 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  mid  to  upper  back 

and  posterior  arm  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Stand  with  feet  apart  slightly  more 
than  shoulder  width;  bend  forward  at 
waist  with  back  straight  and  legs 
slightly  bent;  keep  arms  straight  to 
support  the  weight. 

Movement: 

Raise  weight  to  chest  and  return  it 

slowly  to  starting  position. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  12 


Pull-up  Wide  Grip 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  mid  to  upper  back 

and  the  posterior  and  anterior  arm 

muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Place  hands  about  36  inches  apart  on 

overhead  bar  with  either  a  palms-in  or 

palms-out  grip;  hang  from  the  bar 

with  arms  straight  to  support  the 

body. 

Movement: 

Pull  body  up  so  chin  comes  above  the 

bar;  slowly  lower  the  body  to  starting 

position. 

Repetitions: 
Progress  to  10  to  15 


93 


Supine  Press 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  chest,   anterior 

shoulder,  and  posterior  arm  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Lie  on  back  on  a  bench  10  to  14 

inches  wide;  use  an  overhand  grip  on 

a  weight  supported  on  standards  or 

held  by  two  assistants;  keep  arms 

straight. 

Movement: 

Slowly  lower  weight  to  touch  the 

chest;  raise  weight  until  arms  are 

straight. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  12 


Push-ups 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen   the  chest,  anterior 

shoulder,  and  posterior  arm  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Lie  on  stomach  with  hands  flat  on 

floor  and   positioned   beneath   the 

shoulders. 

Movement: 

Push  entire  body  except  feet  and 

hands  off  the  floor  until  the  arms  are 

straight;  lower  body  until  chin  touches 

floor. 

Note: 

Positioning  the  hands  beyond  the 

shoulders  or  putting  blocks  beneath 

the  hands  increases  the  stretch  of  the 

pectorals. 

Repetitions: 
Progress  to  20  to  30 


94 


Back  Hyperextension 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  lower  back  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Lie  on  a  bench  with  the  face  down; 

extend  the  body  from  above  the  waist 

over  the  edge  of  the  bench;  strap  or 

hold  the  feet  to  the  other  end  of  the 

bench. 

Movement: 

Lift  head  and  trunk;  slowly  lower  head 

and  trunk. 

Note: 

Do  not  hyperextend. 

Repetitions: 
Progress  to  10  to  15 


Back  Tightener 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  lower  back  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Lie  on  floor  with  face  down;  fold 

hands  over  lower  back  area. 

Movement: 

Raise  head  and  chest  and  tense  the 

gluteal  and  lower  back  muscles. 

Caution: 

Do  not  hyperextend;  just  raise  head 
and  chest  slightly  off  the  floor;  con- 
centrate mainly  on  tensing  gluteal 
muscles. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  15 


95 


Squat 

Purpose: 

To  stengthen  the  anterior  thigh  and 

buttock  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Stand  erect  with  feet  astride  and  sup- 
port weight  on  shoulders  with  palms- 
upgrip. 

Movement: 

Keep  the  back  straight  and  bend 
knees  into  a  squat  position;  return  to 
the  standing  position. 

Note: 

Do  half  squat  if  knees  are  weak. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  12 

Heel  Raises 

Purpose: 

To  strengthen  the  calf  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Place  feet  astride  and  hold  weight  on 

shoulders  with  a  palms-up  grip. 

Movement: 

Raise  to  a  toe  position;  lower  body. 

Note: 

A  board  may  be  placed  under  the  toes 

to  increase  the  range  of  motion. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  15 


Heel  Raises 

Purpose: 

To  stengthen  the  calf  muscles. 

Starting  Position: 

Place  feet  astride  and  use  arms  for 

balance  if  necessary. 

Movement: 

Raise  to  a  toe  position;  lower  body. 

Note: 

A  board  may  be  placed  under  the  toes 

to  increase  the  range  of  motion. 

Repetitions: 
10  to  15 


96 


EXERCISES  FOR  THE  LOWER  BACK 


Rangers  who  spend  a  great  deal  of  time  sitting  in  patrol  vehi- 
cles or  behind  a  desk  often  suffer  from  lower  back  fatigue,  back 
pains,  and  sacroiliac  strain. 

These  conditions  usually  result  from  weak  back  muscles 
which  do  not  give  proper  support  to  the  spine.  The  following 
exercises  are  designed  to  help  keep  lower  back  muscles  strong 
and  supple. 


Pull  Knee  To  Chest 

Position: 

Arms  at  sides,  feet  slightly  spread. 

(Figure  1) 

Action: 

(a)  Raise  the  left  knee,  grab  it  with 
both  hands  and  pull  it  to  your  chest. 
Keep  trunk  upright.  (Figure  2) 

(b)  Repeat  with  the  right  knee. 


Figure  3 

Swing  your  arms  to  maintain  balance. 
Keep  the  trunk  upright,  the  leg  rea- 
sonably straight  and  swinging  for- 
ward and  backward  like  the  pendu- 
lum of  a  clock. 

(b)  Repeat  the  procedure  for  the  right 
leg. 


Figure  1 


Figure  2 


Leg  Swing 

Position: 

Arms  at  sides,  feet  together  or  slightly 

spread. 

Action: 

(a)  With  your  weight  balanced  on  the 
right  foot,  swing  your  left  leg  forward. 
(Figure  3)  and  backward.  (Figure  4) 


Figure  4 


97 


Side  Bends 

Position: 

Hands  on  hips,  feet  shoulder-width 

apart.  (Figure  5) 


Action: 

Hands  clasped  behind  head,  feet 
spread  slightly  wider  than  shoulders. 
(Figure  7) 


Figure  5 


Figure  7 


Action: 

(a)  Bend  the  trunk  sideward  to  the 
right,  hand  touching  the  leg  as  low  as 
possible  and,  at  the  same  time,  raise 
or  "hunch"  the  left  shoulder  upward. 
(Figure  5) 


Action: 

(a)  Bend  trunk  sideward  and  forward 
to  the  right,  touching  right  elbow  to 
the  side  of  the  thigh.  (Figure  8)  Right 
knee  should  be  bent  slightly. 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position  and 
repeat  to  the  left. 


Figure  6 


Figure  8 


(b)  Return  to  starting  position  and 
repeat  to  the  left  side  in  the  same 
manner. 


98 


Position: 

Arms  at  sides,  feet  widely  spread, 

knees  slightly  bent.  (Fiaure  9). 


Action: 

(a)  Curl  the  left  arm  over  the  head 
and  downward  as  you  bend  sideward 
to  the  right,  right  hand  touching  leg  as 
low  as  possible.  (Figure  10). 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position  and 
repeat  to  the  left. 


Figure  11 

( b)  Reverse  the  proced  u  re  and  rotate 
the  trunk  counterclockwise. 


Windmill 

Position: 

Feet  widely  spread,  knees  bent,  trunk 
bent  forward,  arms  stretched  side- 
ward. (Figure  12) 


Figure  10 


Trunk  Circles 

Position: 

Hands  on  hips,  feet  slightly  wider 

than  shoulders,  knees  slightly  bent. 

Action: 

(a)  Rotate  the  trunk  in  a  clockwise 
manner,  bending  sideward,  backward, 
forward  in  a  continuous  motion.  (Fig- 
ure 11) 


Figure  12 


99 


Action: 

(a)  Touch  the  right  hand  to  the  left 
toe  as  the  left  arm  is  moved  backward 
and  upward.  (Figure  13) 


Figure  13 

(b)  Touch  left  hand  to  right  toe  as 
right  arm  is  moved  backward  and 
upward.  (Figure  14) 

(c)  Continue  with  rhythm. 


Action: 

(a)  Raise  the  right  leg,  bend  the  knee, 
pull  knee  toward  chest  with  both 
hands.  (Figure  16) 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position  and 
repeat  with  left  leg. 


Figure  16 


Pelvic  Tilt 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  knees  bent  so  that 
both  feet  are  flat  on  the  floor,  arms  on 
floor.  (Figure  17) 


Figure  14 


Figure  17 

Action: 

(a)  Flatten  lower  back  against  floor 

by  pulling  abdominal  muscles  in  and 

up  and  tilting  the  pelvis  up.  (Figure 

18) 


LYING 

Pull  Knee  To  Chest 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  arms  at  sides.  (Figure 

15) 


G 


Figure  15 


Figure  18 

(b)  Hold  this  position  for  five  seconds 
and  relax. 

(c)  Repeat  15  to  20  times. 


100 


Half  Sit-up 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  knees  bent  so  that 
both  feet  are  flat  on  floor,  arms  at 
sides.  fFigure  19) 


Figure  19 

Action: 

(a)  Flex  the  trunk,  raising  the  head, 
shoulders  and  upper  back  off  the 
floor.  Extend  both  arms  past  the  left 
knee.  (Figure  20) 


Figure  20 

(b)  Hold  this  position  momentarily 
and  return  to  starting  position. 

(c)  Repeat,  extending  arms  past  the 
right  knee. 


Both  Knees  To  Chest 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  arms  extended  behind 

head.  (Figure  21) 


Action: 

(a)  Bend  both  knees  upward,  clasp 
hands  around  knees  and  pull  knees  in 
toward  chest.  (Figure  22) 

(b)  Hold  this  position  momentarily 
and  return  to  starting  position  by 
extending  legs  fully  before  lowering 
feet  to  floor. 


Figure  22 

Bent  Knee  Sit-ups 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  hands  on  stomach, 
knees  bent  so  that  feet  are  flat  on  the 
floor.  (Figure  23) 


Figure  23 

Action: 

(a)  Flex  the  trunk,  sit  up  and  touch 
both  hands  to  the  floor  between  the 
feet  (Figure  24) 

(b)  Return  to  starting  position  and 
repeat. 


Figure  21 


Figure  24 


101 


Bridge  From  Shoulders 

Position: 

Lying  on  back,  arms  at  sides,  knees 
bent  so  that  both  feet  are  flat  on  the 
floor.  (Figure  25) 


Action: 

(a)  Extend  both  arms  fully,  lifting  the 
head  and  chest  up  from  the  floor.  Tilt 
the  head  back  as  far  as  possible.  The 
hips  and  legs  should  remain  on  the 
floor.  (Figure  28) 


Figure  25 


Action: 

(a)  Raise  the  hips  as  far  up  from  the 
floor  as  you  can  so  that  your  weight  is 
supported  on  the  feet,  shoulders,  neck, 
and  head.  (Figure  26). 

(b)  Hold  this  position  momentarily, 
return  to  starting  position  and  repeat. 


Figure  28 

(b)  Hold  momentarily,  return  to  start- 
ing position  and  repeat. 


Back  Archer  —  Leg  Raise 

Position: 

Lying  on  stomach,  hands  on  the  small 

of  the  back.  (Figure  29) 


Figure  26 


Walrus 

Position: 

Lying  on  stomach,  hands  outside  and 
above  shoulders,  with  fingers  pointed 
straight  ahead.  (Figure  27) 


Figure  29 

Action: 

(a)  Lift  the  head  and  chest  up  from 
the  floor  as  high  as  possible,  together 
with  the  left  leg.  Keep  the  left  leg 
straight.  (Figure  30) 


"SgCfcs^ 


Figure  27 


Figure  30 


102 


(b)  Return  to  the  starting  position 
and  repeat,  lifting  the  head  and  chest 
together  with  the  right  ieg 

(c)  Continue  alternating  the  legs. 


103 


104 


CO 


O 


2 

■g 


o 
O 

"cd 

■  mmmm 

o 

CD 


C/) 


PART  IV 

Special  Considerations 

RUNNING 

Most  adults  have  learned  to  dislike  physical  activity  —  espe- 
cially jogging  or  running.  Howcould  a  natural,  invigorating  form  of 
human  locomotion  fall  into  disrepute? 

•  Many  coaches  and  gym  teachers  use  running  as  a  form  of 
punishment:  "Take  a  lap." 

•  Most  adults  have  never  learned  to  run  properly,  comfor- 
tably, sensibly.  Why?  The  sports  in  our  schools  emphas- 
ize short  intense  sprints,  not  slow  leisurely  runs. 

•  Emphasis  on  the"instantfitness."This  is  bad  psychology. 
It  teaches  people  to  get  it  over  with  quickly.  There  is  no 
place  for  a  long  slow  run  in  this  type  of  thinking. 

We  have  chosen  to  emphasize  running  as  an  aerobic  fitness 
activity  because  for  the  time  invested,  it  provides  a  great  training 
stimulus.  It  can  be  done  at  any  time,  in  any  weather,  and  with  little 
investment  in  equipment.  And  it  is  specific  training  for  our  job  in 
conservation  enforcement  for  tasks  that  require  the  legs  to  support 
the  body's  weight  during  ardous  field  work.  For  these  reasons, 
running  appears  to  be  the  best  exercise  to  train  for  conservation 
enforcement  work. 

SHOES 

Nothing  is  so  essential  to  your  running  enjoyment,  so  do  not 
economize  when  selecting  a  running  shoe.  Go  to  your  shoe  store 
or  sporting  goods  dealer  for  advice.  Buy  a  training  shoe,  not  a  shoe 
built  for  competition.  A  firm,  thick  sole,  good  arch  support,  and  a 
thick  padded  heel  are  essentials.  (To  test  sole  firmness,  grip  shoe 
on  sides  and  squeeze,  if  the  sole  bends  it  is  probably  too  soft.)  A 
good  shoe  should  bend  easily  at  the  toe.  however,  a  firm  heel 
counter  is  also  a  trait  of  a  good  shoe.  Never  attempt  to  train  in  an 
inexpensive  gym  shoe  (sneaker). 

A  good  pair  of  shoes  is  $40.00.  A  less  expensive  shoe  may  be 
suitable,  but  be  sure  it  offers  the  fit  and  protection  the  feet  need  for 
running. 


106 


Thick  tube  socks  help  prevent  blisters.  Some  runners  prefer  a 
thin  sock  under  a  heavier  outer  sock. 


CLOTHING 

Jogging  does  not  require  fancy  clothing.  One  of  running's 
attraction  is  the  fact  that  you  do  not  need  to  spend  much  money. 
Nylon  or  cotton  gym  shorts  and  a  T-shirt  are  adequate  in  summer. 
For  winter  running,  a  sweat  suit  or  jogging  suit  serves  until  temper- 
atures fall  below  20°  F.  Some  runners  prefer  cotton  thermal  knit 
long  underwear  under  their  running  shorts.  Several  layers  of  ligh- 
ter apparel  are  preferable  to  a  single  heavy  garment.  Add  gloves 
and  a  knit  cap  in  colder  temperatures.  When  the  wind  blows,  a  thin 
nylon  windbeaker  helps  to  reduce  heat  loss.  A  cap  is  particularly 
important  in  cold  weather,  since  a  great  deal  of  body  heat  is  lost 
through  the  head. 


When  temperatures  fall  below  20°  F  you  may 
choose  to  wear  both  the  underwear  and  the 
sweat  suit.  Many  continue  to  run  despite 
subzero  temperatures.  There  is  no  danger  in 
doing  so  provided  you  are  properly  clothed, 
warmed  up,  and  sensitive  to  signs  of  wind 
chill  and  frostbite. 

Never  wear  a  rubberized  sweat  suit  in 
any  weather.  The  water  lost  through  perspi- 
ration does  not  contribute  to  long  term 
weight  loss,  and  your  body's  most  effective 
mode  of  heat  loss  is  blocked. 


RUNNING  TECHNIQUE 

An  upright  posture  while  running  con- 
serves energy.  Run  with  your  back  comfor- 
tably straight,  your  head  up,  and  shoulders 
relaxed.  Bend  your  arms  with  hands  held  in  a 
comfortable  position;  keep  arm  swing  to  a 
<n  minimum  during  jogging  and  slow  running. 
~}&>  Pumping  action  increases  with  speed.  Legs 

swing  freely  from  hip  with  no  attempt  to 

overstride.  Many  successful  distance  runners 


107 


employ  a  relatively  short  stride. 

No  aspect  of  running  technique  is  vio- 
lated more  often  by  neophytes  than  foot- 
strike.  Many  newcomers  say  they  can't  or 
don't  like  to  jog.  Observation  of  their  foot- 
strike  often  reveals  the  reason:  They  run  on 
the  ball  of  the  foot.  While  appropriate  for 
sprints  and  short  distances,  this  footstrike  is 
inappropriate  for  distance  runs  and  will 
probably  result  in  soreness.  The  heel-to-toe 
footstrike  is  recommended  for  most  runners. 
Upon  landing  on  the  heel,  the  foot  rocks 
forward  to  push  off  the  ball  of  the  foot.  This 
technique  is  the  least  tiring  of  all,  and  a  large 
percentage  of  successful  distance  runners 
use  it.  The  flat-footed  technique  is  a  com- 
promise where  the  runner  lands  on  the 
entire  foot  and  rocks  onto  the  ball  for  push- 
off.  Check  your  shoes  after  several  weeks  of 
running;  if  you  are  using  the  correct  foot- 
strike, the  outer  border  of  the  heel  will  be 
wearing  down. 

When  and  Where? 

Run  whenever  it  suits  your  fancy.  Some 
like  to  get  up  early  and  do  several  miles 
before  breakfast.  Others  elect  to  run  during 
the  lunch  period,  then  eat  a  sandwich  at  their 
desk  or  in  their  vehicle.  Many  prefer  to  wait 
until  after  work,  when  running  can  help 
cleanse  the  mind  of  the  days  problems.  A 
few  are  night  owls  who  brave  the  dark  in 
their  quest  for  fitness;  they  are  quick  to  point 
out  that  the  run  and  shower  help  them  to 
sleep  like  a  baby.  I  would  only  caution  you  to 
avoid  vigorous  activity  1  or  2  hours  after  a 
meal,  when  the  digestive  organs  require  an 
adequate  blood  supply,  and  when  any  fat  in 
the  circulation  hastens  the  risk  of  clotting. 

Where  should  you  run?  Almost  any- 
where you  please.  Avoid  hard  surfaces  for 


108 


the  first  few  weeks  of  training.  Run  in  the 
park,  on  playing  fields,  golf  courses,  in  the 
pasture  or  running  tracks.  After  a  few  weeks 
you  will  be  ready  to  try  the  backroads  and 
trails  in  your  area.  By  varying  your  routes, 
you  will  maintain  interest  in  your  program. 
When  the  weather  prohibits  outdoor  run- 
ning, try  a  YMCA,  school  or  police  depart- 
ment gym.  You  can  also  choose  an  exercise 
supplement  you  can  do  at  home  such  as 
running  in  place  or  skipping  rope. 

Unless  you  are  a  loner  and  enjoy  the 
time  spent  by  yourself,  consider  running 
with  a  companion.  When  you  find  one  with 
similar  abilities,  interests,  and  goals,  you  are 
not  likely  to  miss  your  run. 

ENVIRONMENTAL  FACTORS 

Exercise  or  work  in  hot  or  humid  envi- 
ronments or  at  higher  elevations  involves 
special  consideration. 


Heat  and  Exercise 

At  moderate  temperatures  the  body 
heat  generated  by  exercise  or  work  is  easily 
dissipated.  As  temperatures  increase,  the 
temperature  regulating  mechanisms  increase 
perspiration  rate  to  keep  the  body  tempera- 
ture from  climbing  above  tolerable  limits 
(about  102.5°  F).  (As  perspiration  evaporates 
it  cools  the  body.)  When  humidity  is  high,  it 
does  not  evaporate,  and  no  heat  is  lost.  At 
that  point,  excessive  sweating  only  contrib- 
utes to  the  problem.  Perspiration  comes 
from  the  blood  and  reduces  blood  volume. 
Also,  salt  and  potassium  needed  by  the  cells 
are  lost  in  perspiration. 

During  work  in  the  heat,  it  is  common  to 
lose  more  than  a  quart  of  sweat  an  hour. 
During  vigorous  exercise  in  a  hot,  humid 


109 


environment,  sweat  rates  can  approach  3 
quarts  an  hour  for  short  periods.  A  good 
estimate  of  fluid  loss  is  the  body  weight  dif- 
ference after  work  in  the  heat.  Athletes  often 
lose  6  to  8  pounds  in  a  single  workout.  Ade- 
quate replacement  of  water,  salt,  and  potas- 
sium is  vital  to  maintain  exercise  or  work 
capacity  and  to  avoid  heat  cramps,  heat 
exhaustion,  or  heat  stroke. 

To  replace  salt  loss,  use  the  salt  shaker 
at  mealtime.  Avoid  salt  tablets.  Potassium 
must  be  replaced  with  citrus  fruits  or  juices. 
Some  commercially  available  drinks  supply 
fluid  and  electrolyte  (inorganic  chemicals 
for  cellular  reactions)  needs.  Another 
approach  is  to  lightly  salt  lemonade  or  to 
drink  tomato  juice  and  water  (or  tomato 
juice,  then  water)  in  volumes  comparable  to 
the  fluid  loss. 

The  body  adjusts  or  acclimates  to  work 
in  the  heat.  Gradual  exposure  to  exercise  in 
a  hot  environment  leads  to  changes  in  blood 
flow,  reduced  salt  loss,  and  increased  pers- 
piration. After  5  to  7  days  your  heart  rate  for 
the  same  amount  of  exercise  may  decline 
from  180  to  150  beats  per  minute.  While 
physically  fit  individuals  may  not  acclimate 
more  readily  to  work  in  the  heat,  their  well- 
trained  circulatory  system  makes  them  bet- 
ter suited  to  its  demands.  Acciimated  indi- 
viduals should  be  able  to  replace  salt  loss 
with  the  saltshaker  at  meals. 


110 


Hot  Weather  Kills, 

Know  These  Warning  Signs, 

And  How  To  Treat  Them: 


KEATASTHEMIA         —  Symptoms       — 


First  Aid  — 


Easy  fatigue,  headache,  heavy  sweat- 
ing, high  pulse  rate,  shallow  breathing, 
poor  appetite,  insomnia. 

Move  to  cooler,  dryer  environment, 
drink  plenty  of  fluids  and  (unless  diet 
prevents  it)  a  salt  tablet.  Rest. 


HEAT  CRAMPS 


Symptoms      — 


First  Aid  — 


Painful  spasms  in  the  voluntary  mus- 
cles. Pupils  dilate  with  each  spasm, 
possible  heavy  sweating.  Skin  cold  and 
clammy. 

Firm  pressure  on  cramping  muscles, 
warm  wet  towels,  three  or  four  doses  of 
salty  water  at  15  minute  intervals. 


HEAT  EXHAUSTION      -  Symptoms       — 


First  Aid 


Profuse  sweating,  weakness,  vertigo, 
skin  cold  and  pale,  clammy  with  sweat, 
pulse  is  thready,  blood  pressure  is  low. 
Temperature  normal  or  subnormal. 
Possible  vomiting,  nausea,  headache, 
heat  cramps,  mild  head  exhaustion. 

Movetocoolerenvironmentimmediatly. 
Bed  rest,  salty  water.  Seek  medical 
help  for  severe  case.  


HEAT  STROKE 

(or  sunstroke, 
heat  collapse, 
thermic  fever, 
heat  hyperexia) 


Symptoms      — 


First  Aid  — 


Excessive  sweating,  sweating  stops  just 
before  heat  stroke,  temperature  rises 
sharply,  pulse  is  pounding  and  full 
blood  pressure  elevated,  delirius  or 
coma  common,  skin  flushed  at  first, 
later  reddens  or  purplish. 

Heat  stroke  is  a  severe  medical  emer- 
gency, summon  a  physician  or  get  the 
patient  to  a  hospital  immediately.  Delay 
can  be  fatal.  Move  victim  into  cooler 
environment  reduce  body  temperature 
with  iced  baths  or  sponging.  Use 
extreme  caution. 


111 


Altitude  and  Exercise 


As  you  ascend  to  higher  elevations  to 
work  or  exercise,  be  aware  of  limitations 
imposed  by  the  reduced  oxygen  supply. 

During  the  first  few  weeks  of  exposure 
to  altitude,  your  ability  to  perform  is  im- 
proved. It  can  be  improved  over  a  period  of 
several  weeks  by  training  at  altitude.  Altitude 
acclimatization  leads  to  improved  lung  func- 
tion, increased  red  blood  cells  and  hemo- 
globin, and  increased  numbers  of  capillaries 
in  the  working  muscles.  These  changes 
reduce  but  never  eliminate  the  effect  on 
aerobic  capacity. 


Air  Pollution  and  Exercise 


Avoid  exercise  in  a  polluted  atmosphere. 
Carbon  monoxide  takes  the  place  of  oxygen 
in  the  red  blood  cells,  which  reduces  aerobic 
capacity.  Air  pollution  can: 

•  Initiate  airways  (bronchitus) 

•  Break  down  air  sacs  in  lungs  (emphysema) 

•  Reduce  oxygen  transport 

•  Cause  cancer 

One  source  of  pollution  can  do  all  these 
things  —  the  cigarette.  It  is  probably  the 
worst  single  source  of  air  pollution. 

The  U.S.  Surgeon  General  has  stated 
that  the  effects  of  smoking  also  may  be 
harmful  to  the  nonsmoker  who  is  exposed  to 
the  smoke  of  cigarettes,  cigars,  and  pipes. 
Pipe  and  cigar  smoke  is  particularly  un- 
healthy because  it  has  not  been  inhaled  into 
the  smokers'  lungs,  which  helps  to  filter  out 
some  of  the  harmful  ingredients  in  the  smoke. 


112 


EXERCISE  PROBLEMS 


Previously  inactive  adults  often  encoun- 
ter problems  when  they  begin  exercising. 
You  will  avoid  such  problems  if  you  vow  to 
make  haste  slowly.  It  may  have  taken  you  1 0 
years  to  get  in  the  shape  you  are  in  and  you 
will  not  be  able  to  change  it  overnight.  Plan 
now  to  make  gradual  progress.  At  the  start, 
too  little  may  be  better  than  too  much.  After 
several  weeks,  when  your  body  has  begun  to 
adjust  to  the  demands  of  vigorous  effort,  you 
will  be  able  to  increase  your  exercise  in- 
tensity. 

Another  way  to  avoid  exercise  prob- 
lems is  to  warmup  before  each  and  every 
exercise  session.  Careful  attention  to  pre- 
exercise  stretching  and  warming  eliminates 
many  of  the  nagging  complications  that 
plague  less  patient  individuals.  Never  forget 
to  cool  down  after  each  workout.  In  short, 
prevention  is  the  most  effective  way  to  deal 
with  exercise  problems. 


Blisters 

Blisters  can  be  prevented  by  wearing 
good,  properly  fitted  shoes.  At  the  first  hint 
of  discomfort,  cover  the  area  with  some 
moleskin  or  a  large  bandage.  If  you  do  get  a 
blister,  puncture  that  edge  with  a  sterilized 
needle  to  drain  the  accumulated  fluid,  treat 
with  an  antiseptic,  cover  with  gauze,  circle 
with  foam  rubber,  and  go  back  to  work.  It  is 
wise  to  keep  the  items  needed  for  blister 
prevention  at  hand. 

Muscle  Soreness 

Soreness,  usually  due  to  inactivity,  may 
be  caused  by  miscroscopic  tears  in  the  mus- 
cle or  connective  tissue,  or  to  contractions 
of  muscle  fibers.  It  is  almost  impossible  to 


113 


avoid  soreness  when  you  first  begin  exercis- 
ing. Minimize  it  by  exercising  modestly,  at 
least  at  first,  and  by  doing  mild  stretching 
exercises  when  soreness  does  occur. 
Stretching  can  be  used  to  relieve  soreness 
and  to  warmup  for  exercise  on  the  following 
day.  Massage  and  warm  muscle  tempera- 
tures also  seem  to  minimize  the  discomfort 
of  soreness. 

Muscle  Cramps 

Cramps  are  powerful  involuntary  mus- 
cle contractions.  Immediate  relief  comes 
when  the  cramped  muscle  is  stretched  and 
massaged.  However,  that  does  not  remove 
the  underlying  cause  of  the  contraction.  Salt 
and  potassium  are  both  involved  in  the 
chemistry  of  contraction  and  relaxation.  Cold 
muscles  seem  to  cramp  more  readily.  It  is 
always  wise  to  warmup  before  vigorous 
effort  and  to  replace  salt  and  potassium  lost 
through  sweating  in  hot  weather. 

Bone  Bruises 

Hikers  and  joggers  sometimes  get  pain- 
ful bruises  on  the  bottom  of  the  feet.  Such 
bruises  can  be  avoided  by  careful  foot 
placement  and  by  quality  footwear.  Cushion 
inner  soles  also  help.  A  bad  bruise  can  lin- 
ger, delaying  your  exercise  program  many 
weeks.  There  is  no  instant  cure  once  a  bruise 
has  developed,  so  prevention  seems  the  best 
advice.  Ice  may  help  to  lessen  discomfort 
and  hasten  healing.  Padding  may  allow 
exercise  in  spite  of  the  bruise. 

Ankle  Problems 

A  sprained  ankle  should  be  iced  imme- 
diately. A  bucket  of  ice  water  in  the  first  few 
minutes  may  allow  you  to  work  the  next  day. 


114 


A  serious  sprain  should  be  examined  by  a 
physician.  High-topped  gym  shoes  reduce 
the  risk  of  ankle  sprains  in  games  such  as 
basketball,  tennis,  handball;  low-cuts  with 
soles  invite  sprains.  Ankle  wraps  and  tape 
allow  exercise  after  a  sprain,  but  again, 
prevention  is  a  more  prudent  course. 

Achilles  Tendon 

Achilles  tendon  injuries  have  become 
quite  common.  Some  high-backed  running 
shoes  have  been  implicated  in  the  rash  of 
bursa  injuries  among  runners.  The  bursa  is 
located  beneath  the  tendon  and  seems  to 
lubricate  its  movements.  When  rubbed  long 
enough,  it  becomes  inflamed.  Once  inflamed, 
it  may  take  weeks  or  months  to  return  to 
normal.  Ice  helps,  but  continued  activity  is 
often  impossible  for  several  weeks.  Rupture 
of  the  achilles  tendon  seems  to  be  more 
frequent  in  recent  years.  Partial  rupture 
occurs  when  some  of  the  fibers  of  the  ten- 
don are  torn.  Complete  rupture  results  when 
the  tendon,  which  connects  the  calf  muscles 
to  the  heel,  is  completely  detached.  Preven- 
tion is  the  only  approach  to  these  problems 
since  surgery  is  the  only  cure. 

An  inflammation  of  the  tendon  could 
lead  to  partial  or  complete  rupture  if  left 
untreated  or  abused.  Also,  individuals  with 
high  serum  uric  acid  levels  seem  prone  to 
achilles  tendon  injuries.  Those  with  high 
levels  should  have  ample  warmup  before 
exercising  and  should  avoid  sudden  starts, 
steps,  and  changes  of  direction  during  their 
exercise. 

Shin  Splints 

Pains  on  the  lower  portion  of  the  shin 
bone  are  known  as  shin  splints.  They  are 
caused  by  a  lowered  arch,  initiated  mem- 


115 


branes,  tearing  of  muscle  from  bone,  a  mus- 
cle spasm  due  to  swelling  of  that  muscle, 
hairline  fracture  of  the  bones  of  the  lower 
leg,  muscle  strength  imbalance,  or  other  fac- 
tors. Rest  is  the  best  cure  for  shin  splints, 
although  taping  or  a  sponge  heel  pad  seem 
to  help  in  some  cases.  Preventive  measures 
include  exercises  to  strengthen  shin  mus- 
cles, gradual  adjustment  to  the  vigors  of 
exercise,  running  on  softer  surfaces,  occa- 
sionally reversing  direction  when  running 
on  a  curved  track,  and  using  the  heel-to-toe 
footstrike. 

Knee  Problems 

A  knee  injury  suffered  early  in  life  can 
affect  the  ability  to  exercise.  For  example,  a 
knee  injured  in  high  school  football  may 
lead  to  signs  of  arthritis  in  the  late  twenties 
or  early  thirties.  Such  degenerative  changes 
often  restrict  the  ability  to  run,  or  engage  in 
other  vigorous  activities.  Those  of  you  with 
knee  problems  should  consult  your  physi- 
cian for  ways  to  relieve  the  limitations  they 
impose.  Some  have  found  that  aspirin  effec- 
tively suppresses  the  inflammation  and  pain 
often  associated  with  exercise.  Ice  helps  to 
reduce  the  inflammation  and  speed  your 
return  to  activity.  Knee  problems  also  can 
result  from  improper  foot  support.  Repair 
worn  shoes,  and  if  knee  problems  persist, 
see  a  podiatrist. 

Low  Back  Pain 

Lack  of  physical  activity,  poor  posture, 
inadequate  flexibility,  and  weak  abdominal 
or  back  muscles  cause  the  low  back  pains 
that  beset  millions  of  Americans.  Specific 
exercises  can  strengthen  one  muscle  group 
or  stretch  another  to  remove  the  muscular 


116 


imbalance  and  improve  the  posture.  By 
improving  abdominal  strength  and  stretch- 
ing back  muscles  the  forward  tilt  of  the  pelvis 
can  be  reduced. 

Stressful  Exercises 

Anything  that  is  "perceived"  as  a  threat 
is  stressful.  One  of  the  body's  responses  to 
stressful  situations  is  the  secretion  of  several 
"stress"  hormones.  Associated  with  this 
response  is  an  acceleration  of  the  clotting 
time  of  the  blood.  Exercise  may  be  stressful 
when  it  is  unfamiliar,  exhaustive,  or  highly 
competitive.  Older  individuals  should  begin 
participating  in  unfamiliar  activities  gradu- 
ally, avoid  exhaustion,  and  postpone  com- 
petion  until  fitness  and  familiarity  provide 
the  proper  background. 

Sudden  Vigorous  Exercise 

Any  sudden  vigorous  exercise,  such  as 
chopping  wood,  or  shoveling  snow,  is  a  spe- 
cial kind  of  stress.  Failure  to  warmup  prop- 
erly leads  to  cardiac  abnormalities  caused 
by  inadequate  oxygen  supply  to  the  heart.  A 
5-minute  warmup  eliminates  the  problem. 

WARNING  SIGNS3 

As  your  training  progresses,  watch  for  these  warning  signs: 

Group  No.  1 

If  any  of  these  occur,  even  once,  stop  exercising  and  consult 
your  physician  before  resuming  exercise: 

Abnormal  Heart  Action  —  Pulse  irregular,  fluttering,  pumping 
or  palpitations  in  chest  or  throat;  sudden  burst  of  rapid  heartbeats; 
very  slow  pulse,  when  a  moment  earlier  it  had  been  in  the  training 
zone.  (This  may  occur  during  exercise  or  it  may  be  a  delayed 
reaction.) 

Pain  or  pressure  in  the  middle  of  the  chest  or  in  the  arm  or 
throat,  either  precipitated  by  exercise  or  after  exercise. 

3Adapted  from  Exercise  Your  Way  To  Fitness  and  Health  by  Lenore  Zohman,  M.D.,  1974. 


117 


Dizziness,  lightheadedness,  sudden  loss  of  coordination,  con- 
fusion, cold  sweat,  glassy  stare,  pallor,  blueness,  or  fainting.  In  this 
case,  stop  exercise  —  don't  try  to  cool  down  —  and  lie  with  feet 
elevated  or  sit  and  put  head  down  between  legs  until  symptoms 
pass.  Consult  physician. 

Group  No.  2 

Try  suggested  remedy  briefly;  if  no  help,  consult  doctor. 

Persistent  rapid  heart  action  near  target  level  and  5  to  10 
minutes  after  exercise  was  stopped.  To  correct,  keep  heart  rate  at 
lower  end  of  zone  or  below  and  increase  very  slowly.  Consult 
physicians  if  persistent. 

Flareup  of  arthritic  conditions.  Rest  and  don't  resume  exercise 
until  condition  subsides.  If  no  relief  with  usual  remedies,  consult 
physician. 

Group  No.  3 

These  usually  can  be  remedied  without  medical  consultation, 
though  you  may  wish  to  report  them  to  your  doctor. 

Nausea  or  Vomiting  After  Exercise—  Exercise  less  vigorously 
and  take  a  more  gradual  cooldown  period. 

Extreme  breathlessness  lasting  more  than  10  minutes  after 
stopping  exercise.  Stay  at  lower  end  of  training  zone  or  below;  be 
sure  you're  not  too  breathless  to  speak  during  exercise;  if  you  are, 
stop  exercising.  Consult  doctor. 

Prolonged  fatigue  even  24  hours  after  exercising  or  insomnia 
not  present  before  starting  exercise  program.  Stay  at  lower  end  of 
training  zone  or  below  and  increase  level  gradually. 

Side  Stitch  (Diaphragm  Spasm)  —  Lean  forward  while  sitting, 
attempting  to  push  the  abdominal  organs  up  against  the  diaphragm. 


118 


o 


o 
O 


CD 


TD 


03 

CO 
CO 

CD 


LL 


PARTV 

Fitness  and  Weight  Control 

Overweight  is  a  serious  problem  for  millions  of  Americans,  a 
problem  caused  by  a  lifestyle  of  too  little  physical  activity.  The 
result  has  been  epidemic  rates  of  heart  disease,  millions  of  dollars 
wasted  through  lost  work  time,  and  impaired  work  capacity.  Work 
capacity  suffers  since  the  overweight  worker  must  carry  his  or  her 
burden  of  fat  around  on  the  job,  placing  an  extra  load  on  the  heart 
and  lungs  and  restricting  heat  loss.  With  the  body's  mechanisms 
for  throwing  off  heat  restricted,  performance  suffers. 

In  some  types  of  heavy  work,  muscularity  may  contribute  to 
job  performance.  But  overweight  is  defined  as  excessive  body 
weight—  be  it  fat  or  muscle  —  and  research  has  demonstrated  the 
risks  involved  in  being  overweight. 

Most  work  capacity  tasks  do  not  require  excessive  muscular 
strength.  And  it  appears  reasonable  and  prudent  to  lose  extra  fat. 

DEATH  RATE  AND  OVERWEIGHT 

10  percent  overweight—  13  percent  increase* 
20  percent  overweight  —  25  percent  increase 
30  percent  overweight  —  40  percent  increase 

*  Increase  in  death  rate.  Source:  American  Medical  Association 

We  say  fat  because  overweight  is  best  understood  in  terms  of 
your  percentage  of  body  fat.  Use  the  weight  table  to  help  determine 
if  you  are  overweight,  but  keep  in  mind  that  height-weight  tables 
may  give  a  false  impression  as  to  how  fat  you  really  are.  Dr.  Jack 
Wilmore,  an  exercise  physiologist  from  the  University  of  Arizona  at 
Tucson,  says  it  is  not  unusual  for  a  person  to  fall  within  the  normal 
range  on  the  tables  for  his  or  her  category  but  have  1 0  to  30  pounds 
of  excess  body  fat.  Percent  body  fat  then,  is  much  more  reliable 
than  weight  as  a  measure  of  weight  control. 

Although  we  can't  specify  precisely  what  your  percent  of  fat 
should  be,  we  can  make  some  estimates,  and  we  do  know  that 
excessive  amounts  pose  a  threat  to  health. 

Exercise  provides  the  most  physiologically  sound  approach  to 
the  problem  of  weight  control.  Diet  and  exercise  combine  to  pro- 
vide the  most  effective  and  comprehensive  attack  on  the  problem. 
Some  guiding  principles  are  included  to  acquaint  you  with  sound, 


120 


nutritional  approaches  to  diet  or  caloric  restrictions  and  other 
important  factors. 

The  calories  consumed  in  the  diet  must  not  exceed  the  calo- 
ries used  as  energy,  or  the  body  will  gain  weight.  Eating  and  energy 
go  hand-in-hand. 

Three  factors  may  be  considered  in  a  weight  control  program— 
the  amount  of  food  you  eat,  the  kinds  of  food  and  when,  during  the 
day,  the  food  is  eaten.  Writing  down  on  a  chart  the  kinds  and 
amount  of  food  eaten  during  an  average  day  will  indicate  the 
amount  of  calories  consumed.  It  is  much  easier  to  compute  the 
energy  taken  than  the  energy  expended.  Writing  down  what  you 
eat  and  the  calories  associated  with  each  item  helps  you  to  learn 
which  foods  are  high  in  calories.  This  procedure  will  also  point  out 
not  only  the  kinds  of  foods  but  will  show  when,  during  the  day,  you 
are  consuming  the  majority  of  calories. 

How  does  one  distinguish  between  the  terms  "overweight" 
and  "obesity"?  Also,  what  is  meant  by  the  term  "ideal  weight"? 
First,  overweight  is  defined  as  any  body  weight  which  exceeds  the 
normal  or  standard  weight  allowed  for  a  particular  individual, 
based  on  his  age,  height  and  frame  size.  The  values  are  established 
solely  on  the  basis  population  averages.  It  is  quite  possible  for  you 
to  be  overweight,  while  actually  being  much  leaner  than  individuals 
of  the  same  age,  height  and  frame  size  who  are  considered  to  be  of 
normal  weight  or  even  underweight.  There  are  also  individuals  who 
are  not  overweight  by  the  standard  tables,  but  who  are  actually 
obese. 


121 


HEIGHT  AND  WEIGHT  TABLES  BASED  ON  POPULATION 

STANDARDS 


Height 

Weight  in 

Pounds 

(in  inches) 

Men 

Women 

60 

109+         9* 

62 

115          9 

64 

133+ 

11 

122         10 

66 

142 

12 

129         10 

68 

151 

14 

136         10 

70 

159 

14 

144         11 

72 

167 

15 

152         12 

74 

175 

15 

Heights  and  weights  are  without  shoes  and  other  clothing. 

'Desirable  weight  for  a  small-framed  woman  of  this  height  would  be  approximately  109 
pounds  minus  9  pounds,  or  a  total  of  100  pounds;  for  an  average-framed  woman,  109 
pounds  for  a  large-framed  woman,  118  pounds. 


Obesity  refers  to  the  condition  where  the  total  amount  of  body 
fat  exceeds  that  allowable  for  a  particular  individual's  body  weight. 
This  implies  that  the  amount  of  body  fat  must  be  assessed  much 
more  accurately  than  can  be  guessed  from  the  standard  weight 
tables,  which  are  based  on  one's  age,  height  and  frame  size.  The 
hydrostatic  or  underwater  weighting  technique  is  the  most  accu- 
rate method  available  for  estimating  body  fat,  but  is  not  practical 
for  the  assessment  of  each  officer,  due  to  the  length  of  time  and 
cost  for  each  test.  A  much  simpler,  faster  and  inexpensive  tech- 
nique involves  measuring  with  calipers  the  thickness  of  two  layers 
of  skin  plus  the  interposed  layer  of  fat.  Theoretically,  this  skinfold 
will  vary  directly  with  the  thickness  of  underlying  subcutaneous 
fat,  which  is  related  to  the  total  body  fat.  In  either  case,  the  quantity 
of  fat  determined  is  normally  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  individ- 
uals total  body  weight.  Exact  standards  for  allowable  fat  content 
have  not  been  universally  agreed  on;  however,  men  with  over  25 
percent  body  fat  and  women  over  35  percent  should  be  considered 
obese. 


122 


Note:  A  simpler  way  to  tell  if  you  are  carrying  around  excess  fat  is 
the  pinch  test.  Pinch  the  skinfold  on  the  back  of  the  arm  midway 
between  shoulder  and  elbow  (right  side).  Do  not  include  any 
muscle  tissue.  Remove  your  fingers  with  a  ruler.  If  the  width 
exceeds  three-eights  of  an  inch,  the  accumulated  fat  could  pose  a 
health  and  work  capacity  problem. 


The  concept  of  ideal  weight  is  closely  related  to  these  upper 
limits  of  body  fat.  It  is  felt  that  the  average  male  should  possess 
approximately  10  to  15  percent  of  body  fat  and  the  average  female 
approximately  15  to  23  percent.  This  will  vary  slightly  between 
individuals,  but  does  provide  a  realistic  target  to  aim  for.  As  an 
example,  assume  that  a  1 80-pound  man  has  20  percent  body  fat,  he 
would  then  possess  36  pounds  of  fat.  The  remaining  weight,  144 
pounds,  is  referred  to  as  the  lean  body  weight  or  mass  and  repre- 
sents essentially  his  bone  and  muscle  components.  In  order  for 
this  man  to  reach  1 5  percent  fat,  he  would  have  to  lose  1 1  pounds, 
providing  his  lean  body  mass  remained  the  same.  This  would  give 
him  a  target  or  ideal  weight  of  169  pounds. 

CAUSE  OF  OBESITY 

At  one  time,  obesity  was  thought  to  be  the  result  of  basic 
hormonal  imbalances  in  the  blood  resulting  from  a  failure  of  one  or 
more  of  the  endocrine  glands.  Later,  it  was  thought  that  only  a 
small  fraction  of  the  total  obese  population  could  be  accounted  for 
by  glandular  malfunction,  and  that  the  majority  were  simply  the 
result  of  gluttony.  Fortunately,  the  results  of  more  recent  medical 
and  physiological  research  show  that  obesity  can  be  the  result  of 
any  one  of  a  combination  of  many  factors.  Its  cause  is  not  as  simple 
or  straightforward  as  was  once  believed. 

A  number  of  recent  experimental  studies  on  animals  have 
linked  obesity  to  hereditary  or  genetic  factors.  Indirect  studies 
suggest  such  a  link  for  man.  In  one  study  only  8-9  percent  of 
children  with  parents  of  normal  weight  were  considered  obese, 
whereas  40  percent  and  80  percent  were  considered  obese  when 
either  or  both  parents  respectively  were  obese. 

Obesity  has  also  been  experimentally  and  clinically  linked 
with  both  physiological  and  psychological  trauma.  Hormonal  im- 
balances, emotional  trauma,  alterations  in  basic  homestatic  mech- 
anisms have  all  been  shown  to  be  either  directly  or  indirectly 
related  to  the  onset  of  obesity.  Environmental  factors—  i.e.,  cultur- 


123 


al  habits,  inadequate  physical  activity  and  improper  diets  have  also 
been  shown  to  be  a  contributory  to  obesity. 

Thus  obesity  is  of  complex  origin,  and  the  specific  cause 
undoubtedly  differ  from  one  person  to  the  next.  Recognizing  this 
fact  is  important  both  in  the  treatment  of  existing  obesity  and  in  the 
application  of  measures  to  prevent  its  onset.  To  attribute  obesity 
solely  to  gluttony  is  most  unfair  and  very  damaging  psychologi- 
cally to  obese  individuals  who  are  concerned  and  are  attempting  to 
correct  their  problem.  Several  studies  have  even  shown  that  obese 
individuals  actually  eat  less  than  the  normal  individual  of  similar 
sex  and  age  but,  they  get  far  less  physical  activity  as  well. 

HEALTH  PROBLEMS  ASSOCIATED  WITH  OBESITY 

Obesity  has  been  directly  related  to  four  different  types  of 
health  problems. 

1 .  Changes  in  various  normal  body  functions 

2.  Increased  risk  of  developing  certain  diseases 

3.  Detrimental  effects  on  established  diseases 

4.  Adverse  psychological  reactions 

CHANGES  IN  NORMAL  BODY  FUNCTION 

Just  as  the  cause  of  obesity  varies  from  one  individual  to 
another,  so  do  the  prevalence  and  extent  of  changes  in  body 
function.  However,  there  are  certain  trends  which  are  specifically 
linked  to  obesity.  Respiratory  problems  are  quite  common  among 
the  obese.  They  have  difficulty  in  normal  breathing,  a  greater 
incidence  of  respiratory  infections,  and  lower  exercise  tolerance. 
Lethargy,  associated  with  increased  levels  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the 
blood,  and  polycythemia  (increased  red  blood  cell  production) 
due  to  lowered  arterial  blood  oxygenation  are  also  commonly  the 
result  of  obesity.  These  can  lead  to  blood  clotting  (thrombosis), 
enlargement  of  the  heart,  and  congestive  heart  failure.  Hyperten- 
sion and  arteriosclerosis  have  likewise  been  linked  to  the  obese 
individual,  as  have  metabolous  and  endocrine  disorders,  such  as 
impaired  carbohydrate  metabolism  and  diabetes. 


124 


RISK  OF  DISEASE 

Obesity  has  been  associated  with  gallbladder  disease,  heart 
and  circulatory  disease,  coronary  artery  disease,  digestive  dis- 
eases and  nephritis.  More  importantly,  the  mortality  rate  of  the 
obese  is  substantially  higher  for  each  of  these  diseases  when 
compared  to  people  of  normal  weight. 

EFFECTS  ON  ESTABLISHED  DISEASES 

The  effect  of  obesity  on  existing  diseases  is  not  clearly  under- 
stood at  the  present  time.  Obesity  can  contribute  to  the  further 
development  of  certain  disease,  and  weight  reduction  is  usually 
prescribed  as  an  integral  part  of  the  treatment  of  the  disease. 
Conditions  such  as  angina  pectoris,  hypertension,  congestive 
heart  failure,  myocardial  infarction,  varicose  veins,  orthopedic 
problems,  and  diabetes,  would  benefit  from  weight  reduction. 

TREATMENT,  PREVENTION,  AND  CONTROL  OF  OBESITY 

On  paper,  weight  control  seems  to  be  a  very  simple  matter. 
The  control  of  energy  consumed  in  the  diet  and  energy  consumed 
by  the  body  in  physical  activity.  In  both  cases  the  energy  is 
expressed  in  calories.  The  body  will  normally  maintain  a  balance 
between  the  caloric  intake  and  the  caloric  expenditure,  however, 
when  this  balance  is  upset,  a  loss  or  gain  in  weight  will  result.  It  is 
obvious  that  both  weight  losses,  and  weight  gains,  are  basically 
dependent  on  only  two  factors,  dietary  and  exercise  habits. 


Diet 

The  sole  purpose  of  a  weight  reduction  diet  is  to  create  a 
caloric  deficiency,  i.e.,  the  caloric  intake  is  lowered  so  that  the 
caloric  expenditure  exceeds  the  intake.  It  has  been  estimated  that 
the  loss  of  a  pound  of  fat  requires  a  caloric  deficiency  that  would 
have  to  average  500  calories/day,  which  is  approximately  the  equi- 
valent of  five  scrambled  eggs,  three  and  one-half  cans  of  beer  (12 
oz.  can),  or  a  six  ounce  sirloin  steak.  A  reasonable  or  sensible 
weight  loss  would  be  one  to  two  pounds  per  week.  Losses  any 
greater  than  this  should  not  be  attempted  unless  under  direct 


125 


medical  supervision.  By  losing  just  one  pound  of  fat  a  week,  an 
individual  will  lose  52  pounds  in  only  one  year!  Few  people  become 
obese  that  rapidly. 

Weight  loss  should  be  a  long-term  project.  Research  has 
demonstrated  and  experience  has  proven  that  rapid  weight  losses 
are  usually  short-lived  and  that  original  weight  is  quickly  regained. 
Rapid  weight  losses  are  generally  the  result  of  large  losses  of  body 
water.  Since  the  body  has  built-in  safety  mechanisms  to  prevent  an 
imbalance  in  body  water  levels,  the  water  loss  will  eventually  be 
replaced.  Thus,  the  individual  wishing  to  lose  20  pounds  of  fat  is 
advised  to  attempt  to  attain  this  goal  in  a  six  to  twelve-month 
period. 

Many  special  diets  have  come  to  the  attention  of  the  public  in 
recent  years,  such  as  the  drinking  /nan's  diet,  Dr.  Stillman's  diet 
and  Dr.  Atkin's  diet,  each  claiming  to  be  the  ultimate  in  terms  of 
effectiveness  and  comfort  in  weight  loss.  Likewise,  each  diet  has  its 
loyal  following  of  confirmed  believers  who  make  a  strong  case  for 
the  superiority  of  their  particular  diet  over  the  others.  Is  there  a 
superior  diet?  Research  tends  to  show  that  almost  all  of  these  diets 
are  effective,  but  no  one  single  diet  has  been  shown  to  be  any  more 
effective  than  another.  Again,  the  important  factor  is  the  develop- 
ment of  a  caloric  deficit,  while  maintaining  a  balanced  diet  that  is 
complete  in  all  respects  with  regard  to  vitamin  and  mineral 
requirements.  The  diet  that  meets  these  criteria  and  is  best  suited 
to  the  comfort  and  personality  of  each  individual  is  the  best  diet. 

Several  agents  or  aids  have  been  advocated  for  assisting  an 
individual  in  reducing  his  caloric  intake.  Anorexiagenic  agents 
(agents  used  to  decrease  or  suppress  the  appetite)  such  as  amphe- 
tamines, have  been  prescribed  with  varying  success,  but  they 
produce  side  effects  such  as  insomnia,  irritability,  and  tenseness. 
Thyroid  hormone  has  also  been  used  but  its  effects  are  highly 
questionable  and  it  produces  side  effects  similar  to  the 
amphetamines. 

Diuretics  have  been  suggested,  but  the  resulting  weight  loss  is 
almost  entirely  salt  and  water,  and  should  be  used  only  on  those 
patients  who  have  problems  of  water  retention  or  hyperhydration. 
Total  fasting  has  been  shown  to  be  helpful  in  the  initial  stages  of 
weight  loss  in  highly  obese  individuals,  but  hospitalization  and 
close  supervision  of  the  patient  is  required.  However,  regardless  to 
their  effectiveness,  none  of  the  above-mentioned  agents  or  aids 
should  be  used  except  under  the  prescription  and  close  supervi- 
sion of  a  physician. 


126 


A  final  point  of  information  which  will  help  to  keep  you  on  the 
road  to  weight  control  is  that  the  older  you  are,  the  more  the  basal 
metabolism  rate  declines;  therefore,  it  is  necessary  to  adjust  the 
intake  of  food  and  exercise  level. 

Contrary  to  popular  belief,  exercise  does  not  significantly 
increase  the  appetite:  in  fact,  the  contrary  is  true.  Exercise  prior  to 
meals  can  actually  curb  the  appetite  and  exercise  approximately 
an  hour  following  a  meal  will  diminish  the  amount  of  fat  that  may  be 
stored  in  the  body  from  the  previous  meal. 

The  typical  no  breakfast,  light  lunch  and  large  dinner  eater  is 
usually  overweight.  These  eating  habits  are  conducive  to  gaining 
weight.  A  breakfast  with  at  least  one-third  of  the  daily  caloric 
intake,  a  moderate  lunch,  and  a  light  dinner  provides  the  caloric 
intake  which  can  be  utilized  through  the  day,  thereby  decreasing 
the  caloric  storage  associated  with  the  large  evening  meal. 

In  addition,  if  you  are  overweight  because  of  caloric  intake  and 
are  physically  inactive  you  are  making  your  job  more  difficult  by 
carrying  unneeded  weight  to  the  emergency  situation  and  project- 
ing the  image  to  the  public  of  a  person  who  leads  a  sedentary  life. 

Practice  behavior  modification: 

•  Don't  starve  and  stuff.  Eat  at  least  three  meals  a  day. 

•  Maintain  a  minimal  caloric  intake  equivalent  to  your  basal 
energy  expenditure. 

•  Eat  a  balanced  diet. 

•  Avoid  an  excessive  caloric  deficit  (difference  between 
intake  and  expenditure  should  not  regularly  exceed  1 ,000 
calories). 

The  human  body  has  a  basal  energy  requirement  —  the  calo- 
ries of  energy  required  to  keep  you  alive.  If  you  consume  more  than 
the  basal  value  and  maintain  a  sedentary  existence,  you  will  gain 
weight.  If  the  activity  level  increases  in  the  form  of  physical  exer- 
cise, the  energy  requirements  are  increased  and  you  will  lose 
weight.  Some  people's  systems  are  different  and  the  above  rule 
does  not  always  apply. 


127 


Short  Method  for  Assessment  of  Energy  Expenditure 

1 .  Calculate  Basal  Energy  Expenditure 

Caloric 
Weight         Expenditure* 

140  1550  *5'10"  tall  (add  20  calories  for 

160  1640  each  Inch  taller,  If  shorter,  sub- 

1 80  1 730  tract  20  calories) 

220  1815 

220  1900 

Basal  Energy  =  Calories  expended  in  24  hours  of  complete  bed 

rest. 

2.  Add  Increases  in  Caloric  Expenditure 

Bed  rest  (eat  and  read)  10  percent 

Quiet  sitting  (read) 30  percent 

Light  activity  (office  work) 40-60  percent 

Arduous  activity  (enforcement  personnel)  60-80  percent 

Heavy  activity  (lumberman)  100  percent 

3.  Add  Calories  Expanded  in  Non-Work  (recreational)  Activities 
Use  caloric  expenditure  charts.  Figure  minutes  of  activity  and 
cost  in  calories  per  minute. 

4.  Adjust  Total  for  Age 

Subtract  four  percent  of  Caloric  Expenditure  for  each  decade 

(10  years)  over  25  years  of  age. 

Example:     5'10"  tall,  200  pounds,  45  years  old  -  Police  Officer) 

Basal  -1815  +  60  percent  =  2904  -8  percent  (Age) 

Total  =  2672 

If  you  should  decide  to  use  the  long  method  to  compute  the 
daily  caloric  expenditure,  you  will  have  to  record  all  your  activities, 
the  cost  for  each  activity  and  the  time  spent  in  each.  Remember  to 
adjust  final  totals  for  age. 


128 


THE  COOPER  CLINIC  GUIDELINES 
FOR  A  HEALTHY  "PRUDENT"  DIET 

1  Eat  enough  calories  to  attain  and  maintain  desired  body 
weight. 

2.  Eat  a  balanced  diet  and  a  variety  of  foods  at  each  meal.  "Bal- 
anced" means  eating  a  protein  source  (meat  or  dairy  product, 
beans  or  peas),  carbohydrates  (fruits,  vegetables,  grains, 
starches),  fats  (oil  or  margarine)  and  fluid  at  each  meal. 

3.  Establish  consistent  eating  patterns,  i.e.,  3  meals  a  day.  This 
promotes  sound  nutrition  and  prevents  broad  fluctuations  in 
blood  sugar.  Do  not  skip  meals. 

4.  Eat  smaller,  easily  digested  meals  (high  in  carbohydrates,  tow 
in  fat,  mildly  seasoned).  Sample  foods:  pasta,  baked  potato, 
rice,  bread,  cereal  and  milk,  oatmeal,  skim  milk,  fruit,  vege- 
tables, applesauce,  fruit  salad  and  cottage  cheese,  broiled  or 
baked  chicken,  fish,  lean  meat. 

5.  Eat  slowly  in  a  relaxed,  pleasant  environment. 

6.  Eat  fewer  foods  high  in  cholesterol.  Limit  these:  egg  yolks, 
organ  meats,  shrimp,  crawfish,  meat  and  meat  products,  and 
dairy  products  (whole  milk,  sour  or  sweet  cream,  cheese,  ice 
cream,  butter). 

7.  Eat  fewer  foods  high  in  fat.  These  include:  dairy  and  meat 
products,  fried  foods,  oils,  sauces,  salad  dressings,  granola, 
triskets,  party  crackers  and  dips,  fast  foods,  convenience  foods 
and  commercial  pastries. 

8.  Substitute  polyunsaturated  fats  for  saturated  fats  whenever 
possible.  Saturated  fats  are  usually  animal  fats,  found  in  dairy 
and  meat  products  (such  as  butter,  cream,  cheese,  creamy 
salad  dressings,  visible  and  "hidden"  meat  fat,  bacon,  luncheon 
meats,  sausage,  and  hot  dogs,  fried  foods),  but  sometimes  are 
vegetable  fats,  as  in  chocolate,  coconut,  and  palm  oils.  Polyun- 
saturated fats  are  only  from  vegetable  sources:  vegetable  oils 
and  margarines  (especially  tub  margarines),  nuts,  avocados, 
olives,  and  unhydrogenated  peanut  butter. 

Eat  more  fish,  poultry,  and  veal  in  place  of  beef,  lamb,  pork 
and  cheese.  Use  safflower,  corn  sunflower,  soybean  and  cot- 
tenseed  oils  and  margarines. 


129 


9.  Eat  more  complex  carbohydrates  and  less  refined,  simple  sug- 
ars. Complex  carbohydrates  are:  fresh  fruits  and  vegetables, 
wholegrained  and  enriched  cereals  (bread,  cereals,  rice,  pasta, 
grits,  oatmeal,  cracked  wheat,  bran),  potatoes,  corn,  peas, 
beans,  lentils.  Simple  sugars  are:  sugar,  honey,  jam,  jelly, 
cokes,  candy,  cookies,  cake,  processed  foods  and  beverages, 
sugar-coated  cereals. 

Eat  complex  carbohydrates  for  vitamins,  minerals,  energy, 
fiber,  water  and  fewer  calories. 

10.  Increase  dietary  fiber.  Fiber  is  in:  bran,  wholegrains,  raw  fruits 
and  vegetables  (including  peels  and  seeds),  nuts,  popcorn,  and 
beans. 

1 1 .  Drink  6-8  glasses  of  fluids  a  day.  Sources  are:  water,  juice  and 
other  beverages. 

12.  Avoid  excessive  dietary  sodium.  Sources  are:  salt,  pickles, 
olives,  luncheon  meats,  hot  dogs,  ham,  bacon,  sausage, 
cheeses,  processed  foods,  fast  foods,  snack  foods  (chips, 
crackers,  dips,  popcorn,  pretzels),  canned  soups  and  vege- 
tables, sauces  (chili,  barbeque,  soy,  steak),  pizza,  commercial 
bakery  products. 

13.  Limit  caffeine  (a  stimulant).  Caffeine  is  in:  coffee,  tea,  choco- 
late, cola  drinks. 

14.  Limit  alcohol. 


130 


THE  COOPER  CLINIC  BASIC  GUIDELINES 
FOR  LOSING  WEIGHT 

1 .  Eat  a  well-balanced  diet,  with  a  variety  of  foods  at  each  meal. 

"Balanced"  means  eating  a  protein  source  (meat  or  dairy  pro- 
duct, beans  or  peas),  carbohydrates  (fruits,  vegetables,  grains, 
starches),  fats  (oil  or  margarine)  and  fluid  at  each  meal. 

2.  Establish  consistent  eating  patterns,  i.e.,  3  meals  a  day.  This 
promotes  sound  nutrition;  it  prevents  broad  fluctuations  in 
blood  sugar  (which  helps  to  regular  appetite);  and  prevent  a 
"starve/stuff"  eating  pattern  which  leads  to  over-eating.  Do  not 
skip  meals  . . .  particularly  breakfast. 

3.  Decrease  calorie  intake  and  increase  calorie  expenditure.  One 

pound  of  stored  fat  equals  3500  calories.  To  lose  two  pounds 
(7,000  calories)  weekly,  omit  1000  calories  of  food  daily. 
Increase  activity  to  promote  faster  weight  loss.  A  loss  of  1-2 
pounds  weekly  is  reasonable. 

4.  Eat  fewer  foods  high  in  fat.  These  include:  fried  foods,  butter, 
margarine,  mayonnaise,  oils,  sauces,  salad  dressings,  nuts, 
avocado,  olives,  granola,  triskets,  party  crackers  and  dips,  fast 
foods,  convenience  foods,  commercial  pastries,  meat  products 
(bacon,  sausage,  cold  cuts,  hot  dogs,  marbled  beef,  lamb, 
pork),  high  fat  dairy  products  (whole  milk,  sour  or  sweet  cream, 
cheese,  ice  cream). 

Use  low-calorie  salad  dressings;  limit  quantities  of  regular 
salad  dressing;  use  yogurt  in  place  of  sour  cream;  drink  skim 
milk  and  eat  skim  milk  cheese.  Eat  chicken,  turkey,  tuna  sand- 
wiches in  place  of  hamburgers,  cold  cuts,  fast  foods,  pizza. 

5.  Eat  less  sugar.  Sugar  is  in:  sugar,  honey,  jam,  jelly,  soft  drinks, 
desserts,  candy,  cookies,  cakes,  pastries,  processed  foods  and 
beverages,  sweetened  juices  and  fruit,  sugar-coated  cereals, 
peanut  butter  containing  sugar.  Read  food  labels  to  identify 
sugar  content.  "Sugar"  is  also  labeled  "glucose",  "corn  sugar 
(sweeteners)",  "dextrose",  "fructose",  "lactose",  etc.  Limit  des- 
serts to  one  or  two  weekly. 

6.  Eat  more  high-volume,  high-fiber,  low-calorie  foods:  raw  fruit 
and  vegetables  (eat  peels,  seeds),  baked  potatoes,  whole- 
grained  cereals  and  breads,  bran,  popcorn,  broth-based  soups. 


131 


7.  Eat  smaller  meat  portions.  Eat  no  more  than  5-8  oz.  lean  meat 
(including  poultry  and  fish)  daily. 

8.  Eat  more  lean  meats.  Particularly  poultry,  fish,  veal,  in  place  of 
beef,  lamb,  pork,  and  cheese.  Lean  beef  cuts  include:  flank 
steak,  tenderloin  (filet,  sirloin,  T-bone),  chuck,  round,  sirloin 
tip,  rump. 

9.  Prepare  foods  in  a  manner  that  minimizes  the  use  of  fat.  Broil  or 
bake  meats  on  a  rack.  Drain  off  fat.  For  gravies,  use  meat 
drippings  with  fat  skimmed  off.  Saute'  foods  in  water  (not  fat). 
Steam  vegetables  or  eat  them  raw . . .  without  sauces,  dips.  Use 
fat-free  butter  substitutes,  i.e.,  Butter  Buds,  Pam  Spray,  butter- 
flavored  extract,  butter  salt. 

10.  Limit  alcohol.  One  beer  or  2  oz.  cocktail  or  6  oz.  wine  contain 
150  non-nutritive  calories. 

11.  Eat  low-calories  snacks:  raw  fruit  and  vegetables,  popcorn 
(unbuffered),  puffed  cereals,  diet  beverages,  water,  broth, 
tomato  juice,  V-8  juice,  pickled  vegetables,  salads. 

12.  Drink  6-8  glasses  of  fluids  daily.  Sources  are:  water,  juice,  tea, 
other  beverages.  Drink  mainly  calorie-free  beverages:  water, 
diet  drinks,  club  soda,  tea,  coffee,  broth. 

13.  Eat  slowly  in  a  relaxed,  pleasant  environment.  Enjoy  your  food. 

Chew  each  bite  thoroughly  before  adding  the  next  bite.  Allow 
20  minutes  per  meal.  It  takes  20  minutes  to  feel  "full"  after 
eating. 

14.  Choose  "crunchy"  foods  (i.e.,  apple)  over  "soft"  foods  (i.e., 
banana).  Crunchy  foods  take  longer  to  chew. 

15.  Pre-plan  meals.  Have  appropriate  foods  on  hand.  Planned 
meals  and  eating  strategies  prevent  moods,  circumstances, 
parties,  weekends,  holidays,  vacations,  etc.,  from  interfering 
with  your  goals. 

16.  Limit  sodium.  Sources  are:  salt,  pickles,  olives,  luncheon 
meats,  hot  dogs,  ham,  bacon,  sausage,  cheeses,  processed 
foods,  fast  foods,  snack  foods  (chips,  crackers,  dips,  popcorn, 
pretzels),  canned  soups  and  vegetables,  sauces  (chili,  bar- 
beque,  soy,  steak),  pizza,  commercial  bakery  products. 


132 


1 7 .  Eliminate  external  food  cues.  Store  food  out  of  sight;  serve  food 
from  the  stove  to  avoid  food  containers  on  dinner  table;  do  not 
combine  eating  with  TV,  reading,  etc.;  be  conscious  of  the 
delicious  meal  you  are  enjoying. 

18.  incorporate  more  activity  in  your  daily  schedule  and  establish  a 
regular  activity  program.  Exercise  burns  calories,  depresses 
appetite,  and  promotes  cardiovascular  and  pulmonary  health. 

19.  Find  ways  to  deal  with  stress  effectively,  without  food  or 
alcohol. 

20.  Establish  lifelong  eating  and  exercise  habits  for  permanent 
weight  control.  Weigh  regularly,  never  allowing  yourself  a 
weight  gain  of  2-3  pounds  over  your  optimal  weight. 


133 


HABIT  EXAMPLES 


EXERCISE- 


Quality  Control 


GOOD  (+)  HABITS 

1.  Proper  aerobic  exercise  (i.e., 
jogging,  cycling,  etc.) 

2.  Proper  intensity  in  terms  of 
training  and  maximum  heart 
rates 


POOR  (-)  HABITS 

1.  Wrong  exercise  (i.e.,  bowling) 

2.  Wrong  intensity 

3.  No  exercise 


Quantity  Control 


GOOD  (+)  HABITS 

POOR  (-)  HABITS 

1.     Proper  duration  (At  least  20 

1.    Wrong  duration 

minutes) 

2.     Proper  frequency  (At  least  3 

2.    Wrong  frequency 

days) 

3.     Regularity 

3.     No  exercise 

Situational  Control 


GOOD  (+)  HABITS 

1.  Separating  exercise  from 
other  habits 

2.  Formal   place  and  time  for 
session 

3.  Exercise  with  friends  in  a 
group 


POOR  (-)  HABITS 

1.  Not  scheduling  a  formal 
exercise  session 

2.  Hanging  around  non-exercis- 
ing friends 


134 


HABIT  EXAMPLES 


—DIET— 


Quality  Control 


GOOD  (+)  HABITS 
Low-calorie  foods  such  as 
yogurt,  boiled  eggs,  lean  meat, 
cottage  cheese,  and  so  on 
(include  any  foods  that  are 
low  in  carbohydrates  or  fats). 
Low-calorie  substitutions  such 
as  ice  water  instead  of  beer, 
saccharin  instead  of  whole 
milk,  diet  soda  instead  of  reg- 
ular soda ,  popcorn  instead  of 
chips,  carrots  instead  of  nuts, 
and  so  on  (anytime  you  eat  or 
drink  something  less  fatten- 
ing than  usual;  include  low- 
calorie  snacking). 


POOR  (-)  HABITS 
Fattening  foods  such  as  pota- 
toes, bread,  fatty  meat,  fried 
foods,  salad  dressing,  spagh- 
etti, lasagna  (noodle  dishes) 
and  so  on  (include  any  foods 
that  are  high  in  carbohydrates 
or  fats). 

Fattening  snacks  and  bever- 
ages such  as  candy,  nuts, 
pastry,  chips,  ice  cream,  non- 
diet  soda,  beer,  wine,  any 
alcohol,  coffee  or  tea  with 
sugar,  and  so  on  (include  all 
fattening  between-meal 
snacking). 


Quantity  Control 


GOOD  (+)  HABITS 

1.  Reduced  portions  (anytime 
you  eat  or  drink  less  than  your 
usual  amount  —  for  example, 
one  piece  of  toast  instead  of 
two,  a  half-glass  of  beer  in- 
stead of  a  full  one.) 

2.  Ending  a  meal  while  still  a  bit 
hungry. 

3.  Eating  slowly,  taking  small 
bites  or  interrupting  meal  by 
five  minutes  or  more. 

4.  Leaving  food  on  your  plate 
after  a  meal  at  home,  turning 
down  offers  of  food,  throwing 
away  leftovers  rather  than 
eating  them. 


POOR  (-)  HABITS 
Extra  portions  such  as  seconds 
at  a  meal,  large  servings,  and 
so  on  (anytime  you  eat  more 
than  usual). 


2.  Eating  until  full  or  bloated. 

3.  Taking  large  bites  and  eating 
rapidly. 

4.  Eating  to  avoid  waste  (for 
example,  by  eating  leftovers 
to  prevent  their  being  thrown 
out  or  to  keep  them  from 
spoiling,  or  by  finishing  a 
child's  meal  for  him). 


135 


Situation  Control 


GOOD  (+)  HABITS 

1 .  Separating  eating  from  other 
activities  —  for  example,  by 
going  to  a  special  room  to  eat 
or  by  making  an  effort  not  to 
eat  while  reading  or  watching 
TV. 

2.  Not  eating  between  meals. 


3.  Not  eating  because  of  time  of 
day  or  because  you  have  seen 
others  eating  (include  anytime 
you  do  not  eat  when  you 
normally  would  have). 


POOR  (-)  HABITS 
Eating  when  not  really  hungry 
—  for  example,  at  a  party,  due 
to  "nervous  energy",  because 
others  are  eating  (such  as  at 
meals),  or  due  to  time  of  day 
("lunch")  (anytime  you  eat  due 
to  habit  or  just  to  be  sociable). 
Eating  between  meals.  (Note: 
if  the  item  you  eat  is  fattening, 
mark  a  minus  for  quality;  if  it 
is  low-calorie,  mark  a  plus.) 
Eating  every  item  at  a  restau- 
rant just  because  you  paid  for 
it. 


136 


CALORIC  COST  OF  VARIOUS  ACTIVITIES 


Caloric  Cost  of  Household  and  Industrial  Tasks 


Cal/Min. 

Activity 

3.5 

Metal  working 

3.5 

House  painting 

3.8 

Carpentry 

3.8 

Farming  chores 

4.1 

Plastering  walls 

4.2 

Automobile  and  truck  repair 

4.7 

Farming,  planting,  hoeing,  raking 

4.7 

Mixing  cement 

5.0 

Repaving  roads 

5.6 

Gardening,  weeding 

5.8 

Stacking  lumber 

6.3 

Stone,  masonry 

6.7 

Pick  and  shovel  work 

6.7 

Farming,  haying,  plowing  with  horse 

7.5 

Chopping  wood 

8.6 

Gardening,  digging 

Caloric  Cost  of  Various  Other  Activities 

Cal/Min. 

Activity 

1.2 

Sleeping 

1.3 

Resting  in  bed 

1.3 

Sitting  normally 

1.3 

Sitting  reading 

1.3 

Lying  quietly 

1.5 

Sitting,  eating 

1.5 

Sitting,  playing  cards 

1.5 

Standing  normally 

1.7 

Classroom,  lecture  (listen  to) 

1.8 

Conversing 

2.0 

Personal  toilet 

2.6 

Sitting,  writing 

2.6 

Standing,  light  activity 

2.6 

Washing  and  dressing 

2.6 

Washing  and  shaving 

2.8 

Driving  a  car 

3.1 

Walking  indoors 

3.2 

Shining  shoes 

137 


3.4 

Making  bed 

3.4 

Dressing 

3.4 

Showering 

3.4 

Driving  motorcycle 

3.7 

Cleaning  windows 

3.9 

Sweeping  floors 

4.9 

Mopping  floors 

7.1 

Walking  downstairs 

18.6 

Walking  upstairs 

Caloric  Cost  of  Sporting  Activities 

The  caloric  cost  of  sporting  activities  depends  upon  physical 
condition  and  efficiency.  Use  exercise  plus  rate  to  confirm  the 
caloric  cost. 


lal/Min. 

Activity 

3.0 

Canoeing  —  2.5  mph 

7.0 

Canoeing  —  4.0  mph 

3.5 

Volleyball 

3.8 

Pitching  horseshoes 

3.8 

Shooting  pool 

4.9 

Playing  ping  pong 

4.7 

Playing  baseball  (except  pitching) 

5.0 

Calisthenics 

5.0 

Rowing  for  pleasure 

5.0 

Cycling  on  level  road 

10-12 

Cycling  —  15  mph  (10  speed) 

5.2 

Archery 

5.0 

Golfing 

7.8 

Bowling 

7.1 

Playing  tennis 

5-8.6 

Playing  basketball  (1/2-full  court;  more  for 

fast  break) 

5-10.2 

Playing  football  (American) 

8.9 

Playing  football  (Soccer) 

10.0 

Mountain  climbing 

10.2 

Playing  squash 

10.6 

Cross-country  running 

23.0 

Sprinting 

5.2 

Dancing:  Fox  Trot 

5.7 

Waltz 

7.0 

Rhumba 

138 


7.7 

Square 

4.2 

Modern  (Moderately) 

5.7 

Modern  (Vigorously) 

11.7 

Sw 

imming:  (pleasure) 

5.0 

Breast  stroke  (20  yd/min) 

7.5 

Breast  stroke  (30  yd/min) 

10.0 

Breast  stroke  (40  yd/min) 

5.0 

Backstroke  (25  yd/min) 

7.0 

Backstroke  (30  yd/min) 

9.0 

Backstroke  (35  yd/min) 

11.0 

Backstroke  (40  yd/min) 

11.0 

Sidestroke  (40  yd/min) 

11.5 

Crawl  (45  yd/min) 

14.0 

Crawl  (55  yd/min) 

8-10 

Ski 

ing 

Moderate  Slope 

+10 

Ski 

ing: 

Steep  Slope 

9.0 

Ski 

ing: 

Cross  Country  (3  mph) 

17.0 

Ski 

ing 

Cross  Country  (  8  mph) 

9.0 

Snowshoeing  (2.5  mph) 

5-10 

Boxing  (sparring) 

Caloric  Cost  of  Walking 

Caloric  cost  of  walking  depends  upon  physical  condition  and 
efficiency;  use  exercise  pulse  rate  to  confirm  the  caloric  cost. 


Surface 

Speed 

Cal/Min 

Road 

3.5  mph 

5.6 

Field 

3.5  mph 

7.0 

Hard  snow 

3.5  mph 

10.0 

Soft  snow 

2.5  mph 

20.0 

Uphill 

5% 

3.5  mph 

8.0 

10% 

3.5  mph 

11.0 

15% 

3.5  mph 

15.0 

Downhill 

5% 

2.5  mph 

3.6 

10% 

2.5  mph 

3.5 

15% 

2.5  mph 

3.7 

20% 

2.5  mph 

4.3 

139 


Caloric  Cost  of  Running  and  Jogging 


Place 

Speed 

Cal/Min 

12  Minute. Mile 

5     mph 

10.5 

8  Minute  Mile 

7.5  mph 

14.8 

6  Minute  Mile 

10     mph 

19.3 

5  Minute  Mile 

12     mph 

25.4 

140 


COUNTING  CALORIES 

To  lose  weight  it  is  unnecessary  to  use  devices  such  as  pills  or 
medically  harmful  "crash  diets".  Through  increased  physical  activ- 
ity and  a  reduction  of  your  caloric  intake,  a  safe  level  of  reduction 
will  be  realized.  Just  by  cutting  500  calories  from  your  daily  intake, 
at  the  end  of  the  week  3500  calories  or  one  pound  of  stored  fat  will 
have  been  used. 

Do  not  cut  the  nutritional  value  of  foods  from  your  diet.  Cut- 
ting calories  can  be  safely  realized  without  removing  the  nutrients 
necessary  for  good  health. 

Calories  in  Food 


FOOD 

AMOUNT 

CALORIES 

Fruit  —  Fruit  Juices 

Apples 

1  sweet 

60-90 

Apple  juice,  fresh 

1  cup 

120 

Applesauce,  sweetened 

V2  cup 

80 

Apricot 

1  medium 

18 

Avocados 

1  fresh 

370 

Bananas 

1  about  6  in. 

94 

Blackberries,  fresh 

V2  cup 

40 

canned,  sweetened 

V2  cup 

85 

Blueberries,  fresh 

V2  cup 

45 

canned,  sweetened 

V2  cup 

110 

Cantaloupe 

1  fresh 

80 

Cherries,  canned,  sweetened 

1/2  cup 

100 

Cranberry  sauce 

V2  cup 

225 

Fruit  cocktail,  canned 

V2  cup 

80 

Grapes,  fresh 

1/2  cup 

68 

Grape  juice 

V2  cup 

67 

Grapefruit 

1/2  grapefruit,  41/2"  dia. 

73 

Lemons 

1  fresh,  2" 

28 

Olives,  green 

4  medium 

40 

Oranges,  fresh 

1  orange,  3"  dia. 

70 

Orange  juice,  fresh 

1/2  cup 

55 

Peaches,  fresh 

1  medium,  2V2"  dia. 

47 

canned,  sweetened 

2  halves 

85 

Pears 

1  pear,  2V2"  dia. 

92 

Pineapple,  canned,  sweetened 

V2  cup 

100 

Pineapple  juice,  canned 

V2  cup 

60 

Plums 

V2  cup 

32 

Prunes,  dried,  uncooked 

4 

110 

Raisins,  dried 

V2  cup 

190 

141 


FOOD 


Calories  in  Food  (cont'd.) 

AMOUNT 


CALORIES 


Raspberries,  fresh 

1/2  cup 

canned,  sweetened 

1  cup 

Strawberries,  fresh 

10  large 

frozen,  sweetened 

1/2  cup 

Vegetables 

Asparagus,  canned 

1/2  cup 

Beans 

Kidney 

V2  cup 

Lima,  fresh 

V2  cup 

canned 

Vz  cup 

Snap,  fresh 

1  cup 

Wax,  canned 

Vz  cup 

Beets  (beetroots) 

peeled,  fresh 

V2  cup 

Broccolli,  fresh 

V2  cup 

Brussels  sprouts,  fresh 

V2  cup 

Cabbage,  fresh 

wedge 

Carrots,  canned 

V2  cup 

fresh 

1  carrot,  6" 

Cauliflower,  fresh 

Celery,  stalk 

2  stalks 

Corn,  fresh 

1  ear 

canned 

V2  cup 

Cucumbers 

V2  cucumber,  71/2" 

Eggplant,  fresh 

V2  cup 

Kale,  fresh 

1  cup 

Lentils,  dried 

V2  cup 

Lettuce,  head,  fresh 

1/4  head 

Mushrooms  (field  mushrooms) 

V2  cup 

Onions 

1  onion,  21/2"  dia. 

Peas,  green,  fresh,  unripe 

V2  cup 

canned 

V2  cup 

Peppers,  green,  fresh 

1  large 

Potato  chips 

7-10 

Potatoes,  raw 

1  medium 

dehydrated 

V2  cup 

french  fried 

20  pieces 

Radishes,  fresh 

4  small 

Rhubarb,  fresh 

V2  cup 

Sauerkraut 

V2  cup 

Spinach,  canned 

V2  cup 

Sweet  Potatoes,  fresh 

1  small 

canned 

V2  cup 

Tomatoes 

1  medium 

canned 

V2  cup 

50 
100 

37 
125 

25 

90 
90 
95 
32 
22 

35 
24 
24 
25 
22 
20 
25 
17 
92 
85 
21 
20 
40 

110 
15 
26 
40 
53 
69 
24 

110 
85 
93 

275 

7 

11 

107 
24 

130 

107 
34 
25 


142 


FOOD 


Calories  in  Food  (cont'd.) 

AMOUNT 


CALORIES 


Tomato  catsup 

2  tablespoons 

Tomato  juice,  canned 

Vz  cup 

Nuts 

Almonds,  dried 

1/2  cup 

Brazil  nuts 

1/2  cup 

Cashew  nuts,  roasted  or 

cooked 

V2  cup 

Chestnuts,  fresh,  dried 

Peanuts,  roasted 

1/2  cup 

Pecans 

1  cup 

Walnuts 

1  cup 

Cereals,  Cereal  Products 

Bread 

Boston,  enriched,  brown 

2  large  slices 

Corn  or  muffins,  enriched 

2 

Raisin,  enriched 

4  slices 

Rye,  American 

4  slices 

White,  enriched 

4%  nonfat,  milk 

4  slices 

Whole  wheat 

4  slices 

Bread,  rolls,  sweet  unenriched 

1 

Cornflakes 

1  cup 

Crackers 

Graham 

2  medium 

Saltines 

2 

Soda 

10  oyster 

Macaroni,  unenriched,  dry 

1/2  cup 

Noodles,  cooked 

Oatflakes,  dry,  cooked 

1  cup 

Pancakes,  wheat,  unenriched 

4  cakes 

Pie 

1  slice 

Popcorn,  popped 

1  cup 

Pretzels 

5  small  sticks 

Rice,  cooked 

Vi  cup 

Spaghetti 

1  cup  cooked 

Tapioca,  dry 

1/2  cup 

Waffles,  baked,  unenriched 

1  waffle 

Wheat  germ 

1  cup 

Confectionery  Sugar 

Chocolate,  sweetened,  milk 

4  ounces 

plain 

4  ounces 

unsweetened 

4  ounces 

Honey 

1  tablespoon 

Jams 

1  tablespoon 

35 
20 

450 
485 

561 
579 
440 
696 
654 


219 
219 
280 
244 

275 
240 
323 
108 

55 

34 

43 

240 

90 

98 

218 

300-400 

54 

17 

78 

112 

263 

287 

365 


542 

471 

570 

62 

55 


143 


Calories  in  Food  (cont'd.) 


FOOD 

AMOUNT 

CALORIES 

Jellies 

1  tablespoon 

50 

Molasses 

V2  cup 

350 

Syrup  (chiefly  corn  syrup) 

V2  cup. 

427 

Sugar,  brown 

V2  cup 

377 

cane  or  beet,  white 

V2  cup 

387 

Fats,  Oils 

Butter 

V2  cup 

716 

Mayonnaise 

V2  cup 

718 

Olive  Oil 

1  tablespoon 

124 

Peanut  Butter 

1/2  cup 

581 

Dairy  Products,  Eggs 

Cheese,  Cheddar 

V2  cup 

400 

cottage 

1/2  cup 

85 

cream 

1/2  cup 

374 

limburger 

1/2  cup 

390 

swiss 

1/2  cup 

370 

Cream,  light 

1  tablespoon 

30 

heavy  or  whipping 

1  tablespoon 

53 

Eggs,  whole,  raw 

1  medium 

76 

Egg  white,  raw 

1  medium 

16 

Egg  yolk,  raw 

1  medium 

57 

Milk,  pasterurized,  whole 

1/2  cup 

68 

buttermilk,  cultured 

1/2  cup 

40 

canned,  evaporated, 

unsweetened 

M>  cup 

139 

condensed,  sweetened 

1/2  cup 

480 

dried,  whole 

1  cup 

496 

nonfat 

1  cup 

350 

Goats  milk 

1/2  cup 

71 

Ice  cream 

1/6  quart 

200 

Meat,  Poultry 

(raw  unless  otherwise  stated) 

Bacon,  medium  fat,  cooked 

2  strips 

97 

Beef  (medium  fat) 

hamburger,  cooked 

Va  pound 

225 

rib  roast,  cooked 

2  slices 

200-400  (lean  fat) 

rump,  cooked 

2  slices 

190 

sirloin,  cooked 

Va  pound 

300-400  (lean  fat) 

canned, corned 

31/2  ounces 

212 

liver 

1  slice 

85 

Chicken 

fried 

Va  pound 

275 

broiled 

Va  pound 

218 

liver 

Vz  pound 

85 

144 


Calories  in  Food  (cont'd.) 


FOOD 


AMOUNT 


CALORIES 


Ham 

boiled 

Va  pound 

smoked,  cooked 

Va  pound 

canned,  spiced 

Va  pound 

Lamb  (medium  fat) 

leg  roast,  cooked 

Va  pound 

rib  chop,  cooked 

1/4  pound 

shoulder  roast,  cooked 

1/4  pound 

Pork 

(see  also  Bacon  &  Ham) 

medium  fat 

Va  pound 

loin  or  chops,  cooked 

1  chop 

Turkey,  medium  fat 

1/4  pound 

Veal,  medium  fat 

Va  pound 

Venison 

Va  pound 

Seafood  (raw  unless 

otherwise  stated) 

Clams,  long  and  round 

Va  pound 

Cod 

1  piece 

Crab,  canned  or  cooked, 

meat  only 

1/2  cup 

Flounder 

Va  pound 

Frog  legs 

3  large 

Haddock 

Va  pound 

Halibut 

Va  pound 

Lobster 

13/4  pound 

Oysters 

5-8  medium 

Salmon 

Pacific,  cooked 

Va  pound 

canned 

1/2  CUp 

Sardines,  canned  in  oil 

5  medium 

Scallops,  fried 

5-6  medium 

Shrimp,  canned,  drained 

10-12  medium 

Trout 

Va  pound 

Soup 

Broth 

1  cup 

Bean 

1  cup 

Beef 

1  cup 

with  vegetables 

1  cup 

Chicken  noodle 

1  cup 

Lentil 

1  cup 

Pea,  creamed 

1  cup 

Tomato 

1  cup 

302 
397 
289 

274 

360  (less  fat) 

342 


365 
265 
268 
220-360 
139 


81 
70 

85 
202 
210 
165 
171 
305 

66 

180 
190 
203 
425 
45 
210-290 


25 
260 
115 
80 
68 
600 
270 
100 


145 


Calories  in  Food  (cont'd.) 

FOOD 

AMOUNT 

CALORIES 

Miscellaneous 

Gelatin,  dry,  plain 

1  tablespoon 

35 

dessert 

V2  cup 

60 

Yeast,  compressed,  bakers 

1  cake 

10 

Salad  dressing 

1  tablespoon  (french  or 

thousand  island) 

100 

Beverages,  Non-Alcoholic 

Carbonated  soft  drinks 

1  cup 

80 

Chocolate  milk 

1  cup 

210 

Cocoa 

1  cup 

175 

Coffee,  black 

1  cup 

1 

with  cream  and  sugar 

1  cup 

45 

Tea 

1  cup 

1 

Beverages,  Alcoholic 

Beer 

1  cup  (8  ounces) 

116 

Brandy 

1  ounce 

70 

Fruit  wine 

1/2  CUp 

85-105 

Port  wine 

1/2  CUp 

155 

Rum 

1  jigger  (11/2  ounces) 

140 

Whiskey 

1  jigger  (IV2  ounces) 

130 

146 


C/) 

CD 


CO 


PART  VI 

Stress 

The  development  of  disease  in  general  may  depend  on  the 
expectations  a  person  brings  to  his  life,  how  he  handles  the  pres- 
sures he  is  subjected  to.  Since  Hans  Seyle  first  began  studying  the 
phenomenon  at  the  University  of  Prague  in  the  1920's,  "stress"  has 
become  one  of  the  most  important  new  concepts  in  medicine. 

Dr.  Seyle  defined  stress  as  a  "general  adaptation  syndrome", 
the  set  of  physical  reactions  in  the  body  to  various  pressures  a 
person  is  subjected  to  in  day-to-day  living.  Physical  pressures,  like 
breathing  polluted  air,  can  cause  stress  reactions  in  the  body.  But 
purely  psychological  pressures,  things  like  a  death  in  the  family, 
loss  of  a  job,  even  positive  events  like  marriage,  can  also  cause 
stress. 

And  stress  has  been  shown  to  increase  a  person's  susceptibil- 
ity to  disease.  Researchers  at  the  University  of  Washington  have 
developed  a  scale  for  ranking  stressful  life  events  (see  chart).  The 
death  of  a  spouse  is  given  100  points  on  the  scale,  retirement  45, 
trouble  with  your  boss  23.  Tests  of  the  scale  have  shown  it  to  be  an 
accurate  predictor  of  disease. 

In  one  study,  researchers  used  the  scale  to  rate  the  amount  of 
stress  experienced  by  250  U.S.  Navy  personnel  in  the  six  months 
prior  to  a  tour  of  ship-board  duty.  The  total  amount  of  stress  they 
experienced,  as  determined  by  the  scale  was  compared  with  their 
medical  records  for  the  six  months  aboard  ship.  The  sailors  who 
scored  lowest  on  the  stress  scale  had  significantly  fewer  diseases 
in  the  next  six  months  than  sailors  who  scored  highest. 

Of  course,  if  stress  results  in  disease  and  that's  all  there  is  to  it, 
most  of  us  are  in  serious  trouble.  We  live  in  stressful  times,  so  much 
so  that  stress  is  practically  unavoidable.  Fortunately,  what  the 
mind  can  cause  it  can  also  prevent. 

Stress  is  any  physical  or  emotional  strain  on  the  body  or  mind. 
Physical  stress  may  occur  when  an  external  or  natural  change  or 
force  acts  on  the  body.  Heat,  cold,  injuries,  overwork,  malnutrition, 
exposure  to  poisons,  or  drugs  are  good  examples  of  physical 
stress. 

Emotional  stress  may  be  a  result  of  hate,  love,  fear,  anger, 
grief,  joy,  tension,  frustration  or  anxiety.  Physical  and  emotional 
stress  can  overlap,  as  in  special  body  conditions  such  as  preg- 


148 


nancy,  adolescence,  or  aging.  During  these  times,  body  metabo- 
lism is  increased  or  lowered,  changing  the  body's  physical  func- 
tions, which  in  turn,  affect  the  person's  mental  and  emotional 
outlook  of  life.  A  certain  amount  of  stress  is  useful  as  a  motivating 
factor  but  when  it  occurs  in  excess  or  is  of  the  wrong  kind,  the 
effect  can  be  detrimental. 

The  metabolic  response  of  the  body  to  either  physical  or 
emotional  stress  is  to  produce  additional  adrenal  hormones.  These 
adrenal  hormones  are  secreted  by  glands  which  are  above  the 
kidneys.  When  released  into  the  blood,  these  hormones  prepare 
the  body  for  action  by  increasing  heart  beat,  blood  pressure  and  by 
making  additional  energy  available  for  quick  usage.  The  responses 
are  useful  when  physical  action  is  needed,  but  in  modern  civiliza- 
tion there  is  little  physical  outlet  for  them;  therefore,  the  body  must 
react  to  stress  by  channeling  the  body's  responses  inward  to  one  of 
the  organ  systems,  such  as  the  digestive,  circulatory,  or  nervous 
system.  When  this  happens,  the  system  reacts  adversely,  and  con- 
ditions such  as  ulcers,  hypertension,  backache,  arteriosclerosis, 
allergic  reactions,  asthma  fatigue  and  insomnia  may  often  develop. 

Anxiety,  a  fearful  or  distressful  feeling,  is  responsible  for  the 
stress  of  many  people.  Anything  that  threatens  a  person's  body, 
job,  loved  ones,  or  values  may  cause  anxiety.  If  the  person  cannot 
cope  with  these  situations,  stress  is  increased  on  the  body,  result- 
ing in  many  of  the  disorders  associated  with  stress.  Changes  in 
attitude  or  life-style  may  be  necessary  to  eliminate  the  needless 
strains  and  allow  the  body  to  function  normally. 

The  increase  in  the  production  of  adrenal  hormones  which 
happen  when  stress  causes  an  increase  of  metabolism  of  proteins, 
fats  and  carbohydrates,  producing  quick  energy  for  the  body's  use. 
As  a  result  of  this  increased  metabolism,  there  is  also  an  increased 
exertion  of  protein,  potassium,  phosphorous,  and  a  decreased 
storage  of  calcium.  Many  of  the  disorders  related  to  stress  are  not  a 
direct  result  of  the  stress  itself  but  a  result  of  nutrient  deficiencies 
caused  by  increased  metabolic  rate  during  stress  periods. 

An  example,  Vitamin  C  is  used  by  the  adrenal  gland  during 
stressful  conditions,  and  any  stress  that  is  sufficiently  severe  or 
prolonged  will  cause  a  depletion  of  Vitamin  C  in  the  body  tissues. 

Due  to  the  stressful  conditions  of  the  Law  Enforcement  pro- 
fession it  would  be  well  for  all  Rangers  to  maintain  a  nutritious, 
well-balanced  diet,  with  emphasis  on  replacing  nutrients  that  may 
be  depleted  during  stress  conditions. 


149 


RELATION  THERAPY  ENVIRONMENT 

First,  select  a  quiet,  preferably  dark  room  where  you  are  not 
likely  to  be  interrupted  by  noise  or  the  activities  of  others.  Lie  on 
your  back  or  select  a  comfortable  chair  and  close  your  eyes.  The 
prone  position  is  an  excellent  position  for  various  physical  reasons. 
If  you  are  comfortable  without  a  pillow  under  your  head,  proceed 
without  one.  Not  using  a  pillow  will  help  you  relax  with  your  spine 
in  a  more  straight  line  position.  Also  you  may  place  a  pillow  under 
your  knees  so  that  your  knees  are  arched.  This  takes  strain  off  your 
hips  near  the  small  of  the  back. 

STAGES  OF  RELAXATION 


1.  Breathing 


2.  Muscle  Relaxation 


Inhale  through  the  nose  for  four  (4) 
counts  and  exhale  through  the  mouth 
for  eight  (8)  counts.  Inhale  =  Stomach 
expansion  not  chest,  this  gives  the 
lungs  more  room. 

Concentrate  on  chest  and  breathing 
and  gradually  let  the  tension  ieave  the 
body. 

Concentrate  on  each  body  part  begin- 
ning with  toes,  feet,  legs,  stomach  and 
work  your  way  up  to  the  neck,  (right 
side-left  side-etc.) 

Allow  your  attention  to  wander  to  each 
body  part  as  you  move  up  the  body. 


3.  Meditation 


Total  concentration  through  pleasant 
thoughts  (or  no  thoughts)  as  you 
become  totally  entranced  within  the 
scope  of  pleasing  and  relaxing  mo- 
ments. 


150 


Prevention  Through  Education 

(Preventive  approaches  to  health  problems  are  possible  when 
people  educate  themselves  as  to  what  they  can  do  to  reduce  the 
occurrence  of  various  maladies.) 

1.  Stress  Management  and  Relaxation  Therapy  are  useful 
approaches  to  the  effective  handling  of  stress  and  tension  if 
used  regularly  and  correctly. 

2.  The  management  of  one's  stress  must  become  a  regular  (and 
preferably  daily)  part  of  life. 

3.  It  must  be  a  system  which  can  be  accomplished  anywhere. 

4.  One  must  find  a  quiet,  dark  and  peaceful  environment. 

5.  One  must  be  able  to  completely  concentrate  upon  moments  of 
mental  peace.  (Fixed  imagery  of  known  pleasant  thoughts.) 

6.  One  must  physically  concentrate  upon  each  body  part  and  be 
able  to  control  muscular  relaxation. 

7.  One  must  continue  to  practice  breathing  relaxation  exercises 
to  achieve  maximum  ventilation  benefit. 

8.  One  must  concentrate  on  heart  rate  reduction  through  proper 
breathing. 

9.  One  must  completely  believe  in  the  relaxation  method  and 
express  an  attitude  which  is  positive. 

10.  It  would  be  preferred  to  be  in  a  prone  position  and  on  a  comfort- 
able and  soft  surface. 


151 


STRESS  RATING  SCALE 

Event Value 

Death  of  spouse 100 

Divorce 73 

Marital  separation 65 

Jail  term 63 

Death  of  close  family  member 63 

Personal  injury  or  illness 53 

Marriage 50 

Fired  from  work 47 

Marital  reconciliation 45 

Retirement  45 

Change  in  family  member's  health 44 

Pregnancy 40 

Sex  difficulties 39 

Addition  to  family 39 

Business  readjustment  39 

Change  in  financial  status 38 

Death  of  close  friend  37 

Change  to  different  line  of  work 36 

Change  in  number  of  marital  arguments 36 

Mortgage  or  loan  over  $10,000 31 

Change  in  work  responsibilities 29 

Son  or  daughter  leaving  home 29 

Trouble  with  in-laws 29 

Outstanding  personal  achievement 29 

Spouse  begins  or  stops  work 28 

Starting  or  finishing  school  26 

Change  in  living  conditions 26 

Revision  of  personal  habits .  25 

Trouble  with  boss 24 

Change  in  work  hours,  conditions 23 

Change  in  residence 20 

Change  in  recreational  habits 20 

Change  in  church  activities 19 

Change  in  social  activities 19 

Mortgage  or  loan  under  $10,000 18 

Change  in  sleeping  habits 17 

Change  in  number  of  family  gatherings 16 

Change  in  eating  habits 15 

Vacation 15 


152 


Christmas  season 13 

Minor  violation  of  the  law 12 

Researchers  at  the  University  of  Washington  developed  this 
scaie  for  ranking  stressful  events  in  a  person's  life.  The  higher  the 
total  score  accumulated  in  the  preceding  year,  the  more  likely 
there  will  be  a  serious  illness  in  the  immediate  future. 


153 


154 


0 
£ 

CO 

(/) 

CD 

CO 
CO 

< 

CO 
CO 

CD 


CC 

o 

CO 


Q_ 


PART  VII 

Physical  Fitness  Assessment 

If  the  employee  is  cleared  by  the  health  screening  or  pre- 
employment  medical  examination  they  will  be  able  to  participate  in 
the  exercise  and  assessment  part  of  the  program.  It  should  be 
noted  that  during  the  Department's  employee  health  screening 
process  that  some  officers  were  identified  as  having  health  prob- 
lems that  required  immediate  follow-up  by  their  personal  physi- 
cian. Some  of  these  conditions  had  negative  impacts  on  their 
ability  to  perform  their  duties  and  the  presence  of  many  of  the 
discovered  problems  were  apparently  unknown  to  the  Rangers. 

After  the  health  screening  is  completed  the  officers  are  tested 
to  assess  their  level  of  fitness.  Rangers  are  tested  to  determine 
cardiovascular  endurance  (3  minute  step  test  or  1 V2  mile  run,  con- 
tingent on  level  of  fitness  determined  at  the  time  examined),  flexi- 
bility for  hips  and  low  back  (sit  and  reach),  and  strength  (maximum 
number  of  push-ups  and  maximum  number  of  bent  knee  sit-ups  in 
one  minute).  In  addition,  resting  heart  rate,  resting  blood  pressure, 
body  composition  (skinfold  measurements  to  determine  percent- 
age of  body  fat),  weight,  girth,  and  height  information  is  obtained. 

After  the  Ranger  is  tested  to  determine  fitness  level,  the 
Ranger  receives  assistance  from  a  Department  Law  Enforcement 
fitness  instructor  to  develop  an  individualized  fitness  exercise 
prescription.  The  prescription  is  designed  to  help  each  Ranger 
achieve  the  fitness  goal  at  the  desired  levels.  The  fitness  level  goals 
may  equal  or  exceed  the  Department's  standard  which  will  be 
developed  from  several  testing  sessions,  based  on  sex  and  age. 

The  instructors  will  monitor  the  progress  of  each  Ranger  who 
has  obtained  an  exercise  prescription.  Fitness  assessment  retest- 
ing  and  medical  health  screening  examination  schedules  will  be 
established  to  ensure  that  Rangers  are  physically  able  to  meet  their 
goals  and  standards  set  without  health  risks. 

RESTING  HEART  RATE 

A  resting  heart  rate  will  be  taken  prior  to  any  test  of  physical 
ability. 

Heart  rate  will  be  taken  in  the  sitting  or  prone  position  before 


156 


any  exercise  or  warm-up  activity.  Subject  will  rest  or  relax  in  a  quiet 
location  for  at  ieast  10  minutes  before  the  resting  heart  rate  is  taken 
and  recorded. 

To  determine  your  fitness  category,  compare  your  heart  rate 
to  the  police  officer  standards  for  resting  heart. 

Police  officer  standards  for  resting  heart  rate* 


Fitness 

Age  Groups 

20-29  yrs  (n=88) 

30-39  yrs  (n=85) 

40-62  yrs  (n=30) 

Category 

Heart  Rate 

Heart  Rate 

Heart  Rate 

(beats/min) 

(beats/min) 

(beats/min)      1 

Excellent 

44  and  below 

44  and  below 

48  and  below 

Good 

45  to  58 

45  to  61 

49  to  62 

Average 

59  to  66 

62  to  69 

63  to  69 

Below  Average 

67  to  69 

70  to  85 

70  to  83 

Poor 

80  and  above 

86  and  above 

84  and  above 

RESTING  BLOOD  PRESSURE 

As  in  the  heart  rate,  a  resting  blood  pressure  will  betaken  prior 
to  any  exercise  or  warm-up  activity. 

Blood  pressure  will  be  taken  after  at  least  10  minutes  relaxa- 
tion period  in  relaxed  surroundings. 

Compare  your  resting  blood  pressure  reading  to  the  police 
officer  standards  for  resting  biood  pressure,  to  determine  your 
fitness  category. 


157 


Police  officer  standards  for  resting  blood  pressure' 


Pm 

> 

CU 

PQ 

o 

rH 

> 
o 

O 

CU 

.n 

•H    /~-s 

X) 

rH 

r^. 

ON 

CO 

rH     00 

00 

00 

ON 

O    X 

T3 

TJ 

4-»      g 

C 

o 

O 

o 

C 

^  co    E 

CO 

4-1 

4J 

4-1 

CO 

O    cfl  ^ 

CO   -H 

ON 

o 

CM 

00 

o 

o 

rH 

II    O 
C 

sO 

r^ 

00 

00 

S_^ 

5 

CU 

CO 

o 

> 

M   Pm 

iH 

o 

>>  PQ 

CU 

r> 

-3" 

o 

JD 

X 

rH 

cn 

va- 

CO 

CN      CJ    /~s 

rH 

rH 

in 

vO    «H     00 

T3 

-o 

i  <-h  a 

C 

O 

O 

o 

c 

O    O     g 

cd 

4J 

4-1 

4-1 

CO 

sf    u    E 

03  w 

rH 

CN 

00 

m 

rH 

>. 

O 

O 

rH 

CN 

<r 

CO 

iH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

PL. 

5 

CU 

PQ 

O 
rH 

> 

o 

U 

cu 

o 

rQ 

•H  •-v 

x> 

00 

V© 

o 

CO 

rH     60 

r^» 

00 

rH 

O    K 

T3 

T3 

z-s   4-1     g 

e 

o 

o 

o 

C 

co 

m   in    E 

cd 

4-1 

4-1 

4-1 

CO 

a 

00     CO  w 

rH 

o 

rH 

3 

II     -H 

co 

<* 

ON 

r-» 

O 

u 

C  Q 

vO 

v£> 

r>. 

00 

o 

CO 

£ 

CU 

cu 

U    Pm 

o 

> 

00 

S^  PQ 

rH 

o 

< 

CU 

vO 

m 

co 

JO 

On     O  /-n 

x> 

rH 

CN 

<r 

CO 

fO    -H     M 

rH 

rH 

tH 

1     «H    K 

TJ 

*o 

O     O     g 

c 

o 

O 

O 

G 

CO     4-J     g 

cO 

4-1 

4J 

4-1 

CO 

Cfl  ^— ' 

>> 

to 

00 

ON 

CT< 
ON 

rH 
rH 

CN 

rH 

rH 

Pm 

> 

0) 

PQ 

o 

iH 

> 

o 

O     /-N 

<U 

X) 

•H     00 

X 

00 

CO 

<t 

CO 

•-\  r— 1    ffi 

r-« 

00 

ON 

oo    o    E 

TJ 

T3 

oo   -u    S 

e 

O 

o 

o 

c 

It       CO   — ' 

cO 

4-1 

4J 

4-1 

CO 

C    cO 

v-'  -H 

r>» 

00 

ON 

<r 

m 

Q 

CO 

^o 

r-^ 

00 

ON 

cu 

ON    Ph 

o 
I— 1 

> 
o 

CN    PQ 

cu 

00 

<r 

r^ 

X> 

t 

x> 

rH 

CN 

CO 

CO 

O     O  ^-s 

rH 

rH 

rH 

CM    >H     00 

-Q 

T3 

tH    ± 

C 

O 

O 

o 

C 

o    g 

cd 

4-> 

4-1 

4-> 

CO 

■^     E 

CO  ^ 

LO 

vO 

ON 

LO 

00 

>■> 

o 

O 

rH 

CM 

CO 

CO 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

CU 

00 

Fitness 
Category 

■u 

CO 
U 
0) 

c 

> 

cu 

CU 

< 

rH 

OO 

r-H 

cu 

•o 

CO 

U 

t 

u 

O 

o 

CU 

rH 

o 

X 

o 

> 

0) 

O 

w 

o 

<< 

PQ 

Pm 

E 
0 
O 

u 


cu 

•H 

3 
cr 

co 

C 


•o 
cu 

4J 

CO 
CU 
CA 

00 

c 

•H 
CU 

U 
CU 


CO 
CO 

cu 

4-1 

3 

c 

•H 

e 
o 


T3 
CU 

r4 

3 
CO 
CO 
CU 


158 


BENCH  STEP  TEST 

The  purpose  of  the  step  test  is  to  measure  the  heart  rate  in  the 
recovery  period  following  three  minutes  of  stepping;  the  results 
can  be  used  to  estimate  maximum  oxygen  intake. 

The  rate  of  stepping  is  24  steps  per  minute.  Immediately  after 
the  three  minutes  of  stepping,  the  participant  sits  down.  A  60- 
second  heart  rate  starting  five  seconds  after  the  completion  of 
stepping  is  counted. 


Norms 

3-Minute  Step  Test 

Male 

Female 

Excellent 

71 

96 

Good 

70-102 

97-127 

Fair 

103-117 

128-142 

Poor 

118-147 

143-171 

Very  Poor 

148+ 

172+ 

159 


MUSCULAR  ENDURANCE 

Muscular  endurance  is  defined  as  the  ability  to  contract  the 
muscle  repeatedly  over  a  period  of  time.  Low  levels  of  muscular 
endurance  indicate  inefficiency  in  movement  and  a  low  capacity  to 
perform  work. 

Two  tests  of  muscular  endurance  will  be  administered;  push- 
ups and  one-minute  timed  sit-ups.  For  the  push-up  test  the  instruc- 
tor places  his  fist  on  the  floor  below  the  subject's  chest.  The  subject 
must  keep  his  back  straight  at  all  times  and  from  the  up  position 
lower  himself  to  the  floor  until  his  chest  touches  the  instructor's 
hand  and  then  push  to  the  up  position  again.  Only  the  total  number 
of  correct  push-ups  are  recorded. 


^ 


160 


Push-up 


Men 


Fitness 

Category  Percentile 

Years 


Total  Push-Ups  Per  Minute 


20-29 


30-39 


40-49 


50-59 


Excellent 
Good 
Fair 
Poor 


50+ 
40-49 
30-39 
20-29 


40+ 


30-39 


20-29 


10-19 


35+ 


25-34 


15-24 


10-14 


29+ 


25-28 


15-24 


10-14 


Fitness 

Category  Percentile 

Years 


Women 


20-29 


Total  Push-Ups  Per  Minute 


30-39 


40-49 


50-59 


Excellent 
Good 
Fair 
Poor 


40+ 

35+ 

30+ 

25+ 

30-39 

25-34 

20-29 

15-24 

20-29 

15-24 

15-19 

10-14 

10-19 

5-14 

5-14 

5-10 

161 


In  the  sit-up  test,  the  subject  starts  by  lying  on  his  back,  knees 
bent,  heels  flat  on  the  floor,  and  hands  interlocked  behind  the  neck. 
A  partner  holds  the  feet  down.  The  subject  then  performs  as  many 
correct  sit-ups  as  possible  in  one  minute.  In  the  up  position,  the 
individual  should  touch  hiselbowsto  his  kneesand  then  return  toa 
full  lying  position  before  starting  the  next  sit-up.  This  test  indicates 
the  endurance  of  the  abdominal  muscle  group,  an  area  of  impor- 
tant concern  to  the  middle-age  subject. 


Norms 

1 -Minute  Sit  Up 

Male 

Female 

Excellent 

49+ 

34+ 

Good 

42-48 

28-33 

Fair 

35-41 

23-27 

Poor 

26-34 

16-22 

Very  Poor 

27 

15 

162 


163 


FLEXIBILITY 


Flexibility  is  included  in  total  fitness  assessment  because  of 
the  widespread  problems  of  low  back  pain  and  joint  soreness. 
Many  of  these  problems  are  related  to  sedentary  living.  Flexibility  is 
defined  as  the  range  of  possible  movement  in  a  joint  or  group  of 
joints.  It  is  necessary  to  determine  the  functional  ability  of  the  joints 
to  move  through  a  full  range  of  motion. 

No  general  flexibility  test  measures  the  flexibility  of  all  joints; 
however,  the  trunk  flexion  or  the  sit  and  reach  test  serves  as  an 
important  measure  of  hip  and  back  flexibility.  Primarily,  the  elastic- 
ity of  the  muscles  in  the  back  of  the  legs  and  trunk  is  tested  in  the  sit 
and  reach  position.  The  subject  sits  on  the  floor  or  mat  with  legs 
extended  at  right  angles  to  a  taped  line  on  a  box.  The  heels  touch 
the  near  edge  of  the  box  and  are  eight  inches  apart.  A  yardstick  is 
placed  between  the  legs  of  the  subject  and  rests  on  the  box  with  the 
15-inch  mark  on  the  edge  of  the  box.  The  subject  slowly  reaches 
forward  with  both  hands  as  far  as  possible  and  holds  the  position 
momentarily.  The  distance  reached  on  the  yardstick  by  the  finger- 
tips is  recorded.  The  best  of  three  trials  is  considered  as  the 
flexibility  score.  The  subject  should  warm  up  slowly  by  practicing 
the  test. 


164 


■F        W '      '# 


The  sit  and  reach  test  for  hip  and  back  flexibility 


165 


i—i 

I 

o 

in 


m 

in 

O 

i-^ 

r> 

O 

o 

oo 

r^ 

in 

(N 

i—i 

H 

o 

r-» 

1 

i 

1 

m 

• 

O 

m 

O 

O 

o 

CN 

m 

m 

CN 

• 

• 

i—i 

t 

ON 

r>. 

in 

i 

on 

iH 

i 

m 

CN 


<  3> 

O  <u 

±  <D  ^ 

CO  i    °* 

<  >* " 

-J  .-s  Z 

o  =  ~ 

«>  s 

(/>  0) 


CN 

iH 

I 

O 

O 


o 
o 


XI 


•H 

O 
03 


in 

in 

o 

CN 

CN 

in 

o 

rH 

ON 

r- 

o 

CN 
1 

i— i 

i—i 
1 

\D 

o 

m 

o 

i— I 

m 

r- 

o 

., 

OS 

r^ 

\D 

i—l 

.—I 

i—l 

Cfl 

<D 

X 

u 

o 

O 

in 

C 

o 

in 

r-~ 

•H 

o 

• 

• 

• 

in 

■^ 

o 

m 

o 

r-~ 

CN 

• 

CN 

CN 

i—l 

• 

>- 

en 

i 

1 

1 

m 

•u 

CN 

in 

o 

m 

t-< 

•H 

A 

r-~ 

O 

CN 

V 

r-H 

• 

• 

• 

■H 

o 

00 

in 

x> 

CN 

1—1 

i-H 

•H 

X 

CD 

■—I 

U. 

o 

o 

m 

o 

m 

CN 

O 

• 

• 

• 

O 

o 

<f 

o 

r^ 

o 

• 

CN 

CN 

■—I 

• 

<r 

1 

1 

1 

<r 

CN 

m 

o 

O 

i—i 

A 

r-~ 

in 

o 

-/ 

o 

r-» 

<r 

CN 

H 

.—I 

in 

O 

in 

r«. 

O 

r-» 

o 

• 

• 

• 

o 

o 

00 

oo 

vO 

o 

• 

iH 

i—i 

r-l 

• 

ON 

1 

i 

1 

vD 

i—l 

in 

o 

o 

i—l 

A 

CN 

o 

o 

/ 

oo 

r^ 

vD 

i— i 

i-H 

r-H 

(H 

pd 

o 

u 

w 

H 

< 

u 

c 

U 
O 

LO 

0) 

o 

LO 

H 

PL, 

w 

i-H 

g 

01 

XI 

U 

u 

>N 

o 

o 

•H 

o 

u 

Q   * 

CO     i    CM 


<  £ 


in 

n 


O 

CO 
CO 
UJ 

z 

Li. 


5  Z 


x 

0) 


■H 

3 

O 
P3 


O 

m 

o 

r-~ 

m 

o 

CN 

in 

> 

m 

o 

CN 

i—i 

ON 

r^ 

CN 

O 

o 

in 

en 

CN 

O 

o 

r». 

/ 

in 
r»» 

o 

m 

in 

CN 

m 

r-H 
CN 

■—I 

i—i 
i—i 

i—i 

m 

o 

in 

o 

o 

in 

in 

CN 

o 
o 

CN 
CN 

m 
■— i 

o 
o 

CN 

CN 

O 

o 

o 
in 

o 
o 

ON 

CN 
CN 


Pn 


m 
<r 

CM 
A 


u 
X 

w 


o 
m 


CN 

I 


CN 
I 

o 
o 

o 

CN 


X) 

o 
o 

o 


o 
in 


o 
o 


in 

CN 


in 
r-- 

CN 

■—I 
in 

CN 

oo 


m 

CN 


m 

CN 

O 
m 

m 

CN 
CN 

r-- 
i—i 

CN 

i—i 

m 

CN 

in 

O 
O 

m 

CN 

00 

o 

o 

o 
o 

O 

o 

o 
o 

CN 

ON 

1-1 

i—i 

in 

CN 

CN 

in 

CN 

m 

CN 

m 

CN 

ON 

o 
o 


I 

o 
in 


o 
in 


o 

i-H 


CO 


u 

o 

o 

u  >, 

o        u 

o  0> 

p-       > 


166 


FITNESS  CLASSIFICATION 

Leg  Press  -  Females 

(N  =  293) 


Body   Weight    (lbs) 


.100 


100-124 


125-149  150-174 


175+ 


FITNESS  CATEGORY 

P 

ounds  Presse 

-d 

Very  Poor 

c55 

<91 

-103 

.  104 

.  110 

Poor 

55-117 

91-129 

103-146 

104-151 

110-163 

Fair 

118-180 

130-167 

147-188 

152-198 

164-217 

Good 

181-242 

168-205 

189-231 

199-245 

218-271 

Excellent 

24  3+ 

206+ 

2  32+ 

246+ 

272+ 

FITNESS  CLASSIFICATION 

Leg  Press  -  Males 

(N  -  2198) 


Body  Weight 

(lbs) 

aoo 

100-124 

125-149 

150-174 

175+ 

FITNESS  CATEGORY 

P< 

Dunds  Presse 

d 

Very  Poor 

U05 

<132 

^153 

.  183 

-208 

Poor 

105-178 

132-180 

153-212 

183-240 

208-283 

Fair 

179-252 

181-228 

213-270 

241-298 

284-359 

Good 

253-325 

229-276 

271-329 

299-356 

360-435 

Excellent 

326+ 

277+ 

330+ 

357+ 

436+ 

167 


FITNESS  CLASSIFICATION 

Bench  Press  -  Females 

(N  =  293) 


Body  Weight 

(lbs] 

'100 

100-124 

125-149 

150-174 

175+ 

FITNESS  CATEGORY 

P 

aunds  Presse 

d 

Very  Poor 

•41 

.  35 

43 

<  33 

•  45 

Poor 

41-59 

35-57 

4  3-64 

33-53 

45-66 

Fair 

60-78 

58-80 

65-85 

54-72 

67-86 

Good 

79-96 

81-102 

86-107 

73-92 

87  106 

Exre 1  lent 

97+ 

103+ 

108+ 

9  3+ 

107+ 

FITNESS  CLASSIFICATION 

Bench  Press  -  Males 

(N  =  2198) 


Body  Weight 

(lb? 

;ory 

■) 

'.  100 

100-124 

125-149 

150-174 

175+ 

FITNESS  CATEC 

i 

-i — 

i 

P 

^unds  Pressed 

Very  Poor 

| 

'65 

31 

•  77 

74 

-.84 

Poor 

i 

65-96 

31-92 

77-117 

74-123 

84-137 

Fair 

i 
i 

97-127 

93-153 

118-157 

124-172 

138-190 

Good 

! 
I 

128-158 

154-215 

158-197 

173-221 

191-243 

Excel  lent 

1 

1 
1 

159+ 

216+ 

198+ 

222+ 

244+ 

168 


INDIVIDUAL  BODY  COMPOSITION 

Body  composition  assessment  refers  to  the  classification  of 
total  body  weight  into  two  main  components— fat  weight  and  lean 
weight.  As  mentioned  earlier  in  the  manual  the  amount  of  fat 
(percent  of  total  body  weight)  in  the  body  is  related  to  heart 
disease,  diabetes,  cirrhosis  of  the  liver,  hernia,  intestinal  obstruc- 
tion and  other  health  hazards.  It  is  recommended  that  percent 
body  fat  be  maintained  at  a  reasonable  standard. 

Body  composition  is  measured  most  accurately  by  under- 
water weighing.  Through  this  technique,  body  density  is  calcu- 
lated and  converted  to  percent  fat.  The  technique  is  a  complex, 
expensive  system  with  sophisticated  procedures  and  is  impractical 
for  most  situations.  Thus,  body  composition  must  be  estimated 
from  simple  field  tests  involving  skinfold  measures. 

Specific  standards  for  male  and  females  and  the  exact  loca- 
tions for  obtaining  skinfold  measures  are  shown  by  Jackson,  Pol- 
lock, and  Ward,  Brit.  J.  Nutr.  40:497-504-1978. 

All  site  measurements  are  taken  on  the  right  side  of  the  body. 

The  conversion  factors  are  shown  on  pages  173-176. 


169 


SKINFOLD  MEASUREMENT 

Order  and  Location  of  Skinfold  Measurements* 

1.  Chest—  diagonal  fold  on  the  lateral  border  of  the  pectoralis 
major  muscle,  halfway  between  the  nipple  and  shoulder 
crease. 

2.  Axilla  —  vertical  fold  at  the  middle  of  the  side;  on  a  line  bisect- 
ing the  armpit  and  hip  at  a  level  equal  to  the  xiphoid  process. 

3.  Triceps  —  vertical  fold  over  the  belly  of  the  triceps  halfway 
between  the  acromion  and  olecranon  processes. 

4.  Subscapula  —  diagonal  fold  just  under  the  bottom  angle  of  the 
scapula;  halfway  between  the  spine  and  side  of  the  body. 

5.  Abdomen  —  vertical  fold  one  inch  to  the  right  of  the  umbilicus. 

6.  Supraifiac  —  diagonal  fold  just  above  the  iliac  crest;  slightly 
anterior  to  the  middle  of  the  side. 

7.  Thigh  —  vertical  fold  at  the  middle  and  front  thigh;  halfway 
between  the  greater  trochanter  and  patella. 

*  All  measurements  taken  on  the  right  side 


SUBSCAPULA 
TRICEPS 


170 


The  following  measures  for  women  are  taken: 

A.  Thigh 

B.  Suprailium 

C.  Tricep 

TRICEP 
SUPRAILIUM 


THIGH 


Male  Skinfold  Meaures  (Jackson  and  Pollock,  Brit  J.  Nutr. 
40:497-504,1978) 

1 .  Density  =  1.112  -  0.00043499  (Sum  7)  +  0.00000055  (Sum  I)2 
-0.00028826  (age) 

2.  Example:  1.0766692  =  1.112  -  0.00043499  (68)  +  0.00000055 
(4624) -0.00028826  (28) 

Note:  Sum  7  skinfolds  =  68mm;  (Sum  I)2  =  4624;  age  =  28  yrs. 


3.    Fat  Fraction  = 


.95 


-4.5  (Siri.NAS,  1961) 


D 


4.    Example:  0.097  = 


4.95 


-4.5 


1 .0766692 


Sum  of  3  equation  (chest,  abdomen,  thigh) 
D  =  1 .10938  -  0.0008267  (Sum  3) 

+  0.0000016  (Sum  3)2 

-  0.0002574  (age) 


171 


Female  Skinfold  Measures  (Jackson,  Pollock,  Ward,  Med.  Sci. 
Sports.  Exer.  12:175-182, 1980. 

1 .  Density  =  1 .097  -  0.00046971  (Sum  7)  +  0.00000056  (Sum  I)2 
-0.00012828  (age) 

2.  Example:  1.0407994  -  1.097  -  0.00046971  (130)  +  0.00000056 
(16900) -.0001 2828  (28) 

Note:  Sum  7  skinfolds  =  130  mm;  (Sum  7)2  =  16900;  age  =  28 
yrs. 


3.    Fat  Fraction  =    4'95    -  4.5  (Siri,  NAS,  1961 ) 

D 


4.    Example:  0.256  = 495       -4.5 

1 .0407994 


5.    Sum  of  3  equation  (triceps,  thigh,  suprailium) 
D  =  1 .0994921  -  0.0009929  (Sum  3) 
+  0.0000023  (Sum  3)2 
-0.0001392  (age) 


172 


Percent  Fat  Estimates  for  Men  (Under  40) 


Age  to 

the  Last  Year 

, 

Under 

20 

23 

26 

29 

32 

35 

38 

Sum  of 

3 

19 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

Skinfc 

•  Ids 

22 

25 

28 

31 

34 

37 

40 

8  - 

10 

.9 

1.3 

1.6 

2.0 

2.3 

2.7 

3.0 

3.3 

11  - 

13 

1.9 

2.3 

2.6 

3.0 

3.3 

3.7 

4.0 

4.3 

14  - 

16 

2.9 

3.3 

3.6 

3.9 

4.3 

4.6 

5.0 

5.3 

17  - 

19 

3.9 

4.2 

4.6 

4.9 

5.3 

5.6 

6.0 

6.3 

20  - 

22 

4.8 

5.2 

5.5 

5.9 

6.2 

6.6 

6.9 

7.3 

23  - 

25 

5.8 

6.2 

6.5 

6.8 

7.2 

7.5 

7.9 

8.2 

26  - 

28 

6.8 

7.1 

7.5 

7.8 

8.1 

8.5 

8.8 

9.2 

29  - 

31 

7.7 

8.0 

8.4 

8.7 

9.1 

9.4 

9.8 

10.1 

32  - 

34 

8.6 

9.0 

9.3 

9.7 

10.0 

10.4 

10.7 

11.1 

35  - 

37 

9.5 

9.9 

10.2 

10.6 

10.9 

11.3 

11.6 

12.0 

38  - 

40 

10.5 

10.8 

11.2 

11.5 

11.8 

12.2 

12.5 

12.9 

/"N 

41  - 

43 

11.4 

11.7 

12.1 

12.4 

12.7 

13.1 

13.4 

13.8 

en 

44  - 

46 

12.2 

12.6 

12.9 

13.3 

13.6 

14.0 

14.3 

14.7 

H 

O 

47  - 

49 

13.1 

13.5 

13.8 

14.2 

14.5 

14.9 

15.2 

15.5 

14-1 

c 

•H 

50  - 

52 

14.0 

14.3 

14.7 

15.0 

15.4 

15.7 

16.1 

16.4 

C/3 

53  - 

55 

14.8 

15.2 

15.5 

15.9 

16.2 

16.6 

16.9 

17.3 

4-1 
05 

56  - 

58 

15.7 

16.0 

16.4 

16.7 

17.1 

17.4 

17.8 

18.1 

59  - 

61 

16.5 

16.9 

17.2 

17.6 

17.9 

18.3 

18.6 

19.0 

o 

62  - 

64 

17.4 

17.7 

18.1 

18.4 

18.8 

19.1 

19.4 

19.8 

T3 

c 

65  - 

67 

18.2 

18.5 

18.9 

19.2 

19.6 

19.9 

20.3 

20.6 

c 
a; 

68  - 

70 

19.0 

19.3 

19.7 

20.0 

20.4 

20.7 

21.1 

21.4 

o 

71  - 

73 

19.8 

20.1 

20.5 

20.8 

21.2 

21.5 

21.9 

22.2 

T3 
£> 

74  - 

76 

20.6 

20.9 

21.3 

21.6 

22.0 

22.3 

22.7 

23.0 

< 

77  - 

79 

21.4 

21.7 

22.1 

22.4 

22.8 

23.1 

23.4 

23.8 

X. 

80  - 

82 

22.1 

22.5 

22.8 

23.2 

23.5 

23.4 

24.2 

24.6 

•H 

83  - 

85 

22.9 

23.2 

23.6 

23.9 

24.3 

24.6 

25.0 

25.3 

U-4 

86  - 

88 

23.6 

24,0 

24.3 

24.7 

25.0 

25.4 

25.7 

26.1 

o 

89  - 

91 

24.4 

24.7 

25.1 

25.4 

25.8 

26.1 

26.5 

26.8 

§ 

92  - 

94 

25.1 

25.5 

25.8 

26.2 

26.5 

26.9 

27.2 

27.5 

95  - 

97 

25.8 

26.2 

26.5 

26.9 

27.2 

27.6 

27.9 

28.3 

98  - 

100 

26.6 

26.4 

27.3 

27.6 

27.9 

28.8 

28.6 

29.0 

101  - 

103 

27.3 

27.6 

28.0 

28.3 

28.6 

29.0 

29.3 

29.7 

104  - 

106 

27.9 

28.3 

28.6 

29.0 

29.3 

29.7 

30.0 

30.4 

107  - 

109 

28.6 

29.0 

29.3 

29.7 

30.0 

30.4 

30.7 

31.1 

110  - 

112 

29.3 

29.6 

30.0 

30.3 

30.7 

31.0 

31.4 

31.7 

113  - 

115 

30.0 

30.3 

30.7 

31.0 

31.3 

31.7 

32.0 

32.4 

116  - 

118 

30.6 

31.0 

31.3 

31.6 

32.0 

32.3 

32.7 

33.0 

119  - 

121 

31.3 

31.6 

32.0 

32.3 

32.6 

33.0 

33.3 

33.7 

122  - 

124 

31.9 

32.2 

32.6 

32.9 

33.3 

33.6 

34.0 

34.3 

125  - 

127 

32.5 

32.9 

33.2 

33.5 

33.9 

34.2 

34.6 

34.9 

128  - 

130 

33.1 

33.5 

33.8 

34.2 

34.5 

34.9 

35.2 

35.5 

173 


Percent  Fat  Estimates  for  Men  (Over  40) 


I 

Age  to  the 

Last  Year 

41 

44 

47 

50 

53 

56 

59 

Over 

Sum 

of 

3 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

62 

Skin 

fc 

Ids 

43 

46 

49 

52 

55 

58 

61 

8 

— 

10 

3.7 

4.0 

4.4 

4.7 

5.1 

5.4 

5.8 

6.1 

11 

- 

13 

4.7 

5.0 

5.4 

5.7 

6.1 

6.4 

6.8 

7.1 

14 

- 

16 

5.7 

6.0 

6.4 

6.7 

7.1 

7.4 

7.8 

8.1 

17 

- 

19 

6.7 

7.0 

7.4 

7.7 

8.1 

8.4 

8.7 

9.1 

20 

- 

22 

7.6 

8.0 

8.3 

8.7 

9.0 

9.4 

9.7 

10.1 

23 

_ 

25 

8.6 

8.9 

9.3 

9.6 

10.0 

10.3 

10.7 

11.0 

26 

- 

28 

9.5 

9.9 

10.2 

10.6 

10.9 

11.3 

11.6 

12.0 

29 

- 

31 

10.5 

10.8 

11.2 

11.5 

11.9 

12.2 

12.6 

12.9 

32 

- 

34 

11.4 

11.8 

12.1 

12.4 

12.8 

13.1 

13.5 

13.8 

35 

- 

37 

12.3 

12.7 

13.0 

13.4 

13.7 

14.1 

14.4 

14.8 

38 

_ 

40 

13.2 

13.6 

13.9 

14.3 

14.6 

15.0 

15.8 

15.7 

41 

- 

43 

14.1 

14.5 

14.8 

15.2 

15.5 

15.9 

16.2 

16.6 

i-l 

44 

- 

46 

15.0 

15.4 

15.7 

16.1 

16.4 

16.8 

17.1 

17.5 

O 

14-4 

47 

- 

49 

15.9 

16.2 

16.6 

16.9 

17.3 

17.6 

18.0 

18.3 

e 

•r-l 

50 

- 

52 

16.8 

17.1 

17.5 

17.8 

18.2 

18.5 

18.8 

19.2 

to 

4J 

53 

_ 

55 

17.6 

18.0 

18.3 

18.7 

19.0 

19.4 

19.7 

20.1 

CO 
01 

56 

- 

58 

18.5 

18.8 

19.2 

19.5 

19.9 

20.2 

20.6 

20.9 

59 

- 

61 

19.3 

19.7 

20.0 

20.4 

'  20.7 

21.0 

21.4 

21.7 

T> 

62 

- 

64 

20.1 

20.5 

20.8 

21.2 

21.5 

21.9 

22.2 

22.6 

c 

65 

- 

67 

21.0 

21.3 

21.7 

22.0 

22.4 

22.7 

23.0 

23.4 

c 
a; 

E 

68 

_ 

70 

21.8 

22.1 

22.5 

22.8 

23.2 

23.5 

23.9 

24.2 

o 

71 

- 

73 

22.6 

22.9 

23.3 

23.6 

24.0 

24.3 

24.7 

25.0 

3 

74 

- 

76 

23.4 

23.7 

24.1 

24.4 

24.8 

25.1 

25.4 

25.8 

* 

77 

- 

79 

24.1 

24.5 

24.8 

25.2 

25.5 

25.9 

26.2 

26.6 

•H 

80 

- 

82 

24.9 

25.3 

25.6 

26.0 

26.3 

26.6 

27.0 

27.3 

83 

_ 

85 

25.7 

26.0 

26.4 

26.7 

27.1 

27.4 

27.8 

28.1 

O 

86 

- 

88 

26.4 

26.8 

27.1 

27.5 

27.8 

28.2 

28.5 

28.9 

E 

89 

- 

91 

27.2 

27.5 

27.9 

28.2 

28.6 

28.9 

29.2 

29.6 

3 

CO 

92 

- 

94 

27.9 

28.2 

28.6 

28.9 

29.3 

29.6 

30.0 

30.3 

v^ 

95 

- 

97 

28.6 

29.0 

29.3 

29.7 

30.0 

30.4 

30.7 

31.1 

98 

_ 

100 

29.3 

29.7 

30.0 

30.4 

30.7 

31.1 

31.4 

31.8 

101 

- 

103 

30.0 

30.4 

30.7 

31.1 

31.4 

31.8 

32.1 

32.5 

104 

- 

106 

30.7 

31.1 

31.4 

31.8 

32.1 

32.5 

32.8 

33.2 

107 

- 

109 

31.4 

31.8 

32.1 

32.4 

32.8 

33.1 

33.5 

33.8 

110 

- 

112 

32.1 

32.4 

32.8 

33.1 

33.5 

33.8 

34.2 

34.5 

113 

_ 

115 

32.7 

33.1 

33.4 

33.8 

34.1 

34.5 

34.8 

35.2 

116 

- 

118 

33.4 

33.7 

34.1 

34.4 

34.8 

35.1 

35.5 

35.8 

119 

- 

121 

34.0 

34.4 

34.7 

35.1 

35.4 

35.8 

36.1 

36.5 

122 

- 

124 

34.7 

35.0 

35.4 

35.7 

36.1 

36.4 

36.7 

37.1 

125 

- 

127 

35.3 

35.6 

36.0 

36.3 

36.7 

37.0 

37.4 

37.7 

128 

— 

130 

35.9 

36.9 

36.6 

36.9 

37.3 

37.6 

38.8 

38.3 

174 


Percent  Fat  Estimates  For  Women 


Under 

23 

28 

33 

38 

43 

48 

53 

Sum  ol 

'  3 

22 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

Over 

Skinfolds 

27 

32 

37 

42 

47 

52 

57 

58 

23  - 

25 

9.7 

9.9 

10.2 

10.4 

10.7 

10.9 

11.2 

11.4 

11.7 

26  - 

28 

11.0 

11.2 

11.5 

11.7 

12.0 

12.3 

12.5 

12.7 

13.0 

29  - 

31 

12.3 

12.5 

12.8 

13.0 

13.3 

13.5 

13.8 

14.0 

14.3 

32  - 

34 

13.6 

13.8 

14.0 

14.3 

14.5 

14.8 

15.0 

15.3 

15.5 

35  - 

37 

14.8 

15.0 

15.3 

15.5 

15.8 

16.0 

16.3 

16.5 

16.8 

38  - 

40 

16.0 

16.3 

16.5 

16.7 

17.0 

17.2 

17.5 

17.7 

18.0 

41  - 

43 

17.2 

17.4 

17.7 

17.9 

18.2 

18.4 

18.7 

18.9 

19.2 

44  - 

46 

18.3 

18.6 

18.8 

19.1 

19.3 

19.6 

19.8 

20.1 

20.3 

47  - 

49 

19.5 

19.7 

20.0 

20.2 

20.5 

20.7 

21.0 

21.2 

21.5 

50  - 

52 

20.6 

20.8 

21.1 

21.3 

21.6 

21.8 

22.1 

22.3 

22.6 

53  - 

55 

21.7 

21.9 

22.1 

22.4 

22.6 

22.9 

23.1 

23.4 

23.6 

ai 

56  - 

58 

22.7 

23.0 

23.2 

23.4 

23.7 

23.9 

24.2 

24.4 

24.7 

59  - 

61 

23.7 

24.0 

24.2 

24.5 

24.7 

25.0 

25.2 

25.5 

25.7 

H 

62  - 

64 

24.7 

25.0 

25.2 

25.5 

25.7 

26.0 

26.2 

26.4 

26.7 

XI 

c 

65  - 

67 

25.7 

25.9 

26.2 

26.4 

26.7 

26.9 

27.2 

27.4 

27.8 

CO 

68  - 

70 

26.6 

26.9 

27.1 

27.4 

27.6 

27.9 

28.1 

28.4 

28.8 

3 

•H 
rH 

71  - 

73 

27.5 

27.8 

28.0 

28.3 

28.5 

28.8 

29.0 

29.3 

29.5 

•H 
CO 

74  - 

76 

28.4 

28.7 

28.9 

29.2 

29.4 

29.7 

29.9 

30.2 

30.4 

>-i 

a. 

77  - 

79 

29.3 

29.5 

29.8 

30.0 

30.8 

30.5 

30.8 

31.0 

31.3 

3 
CO 

80  - 

82 

30.1 

30.4 

30.6 

30.9 

31.1 

31.4 

31.6 

31.9 

32.1 

83  - 

85 

30.9 

31.2 

31.4 

31.7 

31.9 

32.2 

32.4 

32.7 

32.9 

•H 

86  - 

88 

31.7 

32.0 

32.2 

32.5 

32.7 

32.9 

33.2 

33.4 

33.7 

H 

89  - 

91 

32.5 

32.7 

33.0 

33.2 

33.5 

33.7 

33.9 

34.2 

34.4 

U-4 

O 

92  - 

94 

33.2 

33.4 

33.7 

33.4 

34.2 

34.4 

34.7 

34.9 

35.2 

e 

o 

CO 

95  - 

97 

33.9 

34.1 

34.4 

34.6 

34.9 

35.1 

35.4 

35.6 

35.9 

» — ' 

98  - 

100 

34.6 

34.8 

35.1 

35.3 

35.5 

35.8 

36.0 

36.3 

36.5 

101  - 

103 

35.2 

35.4 

35.7 

35.9 

36.2 

36.4 

36.7 

36.9 

37.2 

104  - 

106 

35.8 

36.1 

36.3 

36.6 

36.8 

37.1 

37.3 

37.5 

37.8 

107  - 

109 

36.4 

36.7 

36.9 

37.1 

37.4 

37.6 

37.9 

38.1 

38.4 

110  - 

112 

37.0 

37.2 

37.5 

37.7 

38.0 

38.2 

38.5 

38.7 

38.9 

113  - 

115 

37.5 

37.8 

38.0 

38.2 

38.5 

38.7 

39.0 

39.2 

39.5 

116  - 

118 

38.0 

38.3 

38.5 

38.8 

39.0 

39.3 

39.5 

39.7 

40.0 

119  - 

121 

38.5 

38.7 

39.0 

39.2 

39.5 

39.7 

40.0 

40.2 

40.5 

122  - 

124 

39.0 

39.2 

39.8 

39.7 

39.9 

40.2 

40.4 

40.7 

40.9 

125  - 

127 

39.4 

39.6 

39.9 

40.1 

40.4 

40.6 

40.9 

41.1 

41.4 

128  - 

130 

39.8 

40.0 

40.3 

40.5 

40.8 

41.0 

41.3 

41.5 

41.8 

175 


Male  -  %  Body  Fat 


<30 

30-39 

40-49 

50-59 

60+ 

Excellent 

5.4-13.7 

7.8-16.7 

9.9-18.1 

12.3-19.3 

11.4-18.1 

Good 

13.8-17.3 

16.8-21.1 

18.2-22.7 

19.4-23.2 

18.2-22.1 

Fair 

17.4-22.1 

21.2-24.5 

22.8-25.7 

23.3-26.4 

22.2-26.2 

Poor 

22.2-27.9 

24.6-29.4 

25.8-30.3 

26.5-31.1 

26.3-30.2 

Very  Poor 


28.0-40.7 

29.5-41.6 

30.4-41.4 

31.2-41.6 

30.3-43.5 

Female  -  %  Body  Fat 


<30 

30-39 

40-49 

50-59 

60+ 

Excellent 

3.6-19.8 

9.5-20.7 

14.2-22.8 

18.3-24.9 

14.5-24.6 

Good 

19.9-24.8 

20.8-24.5 

22.9-26.8 

25.0-28.5 

24.7-27.2 

Fair 

24.9-27.3 

24.6-27.2 

26.9-29.5 

28.6-31.9 

27.3-31.5 

Poor 

27.4-25.3 

27.3-33.1 

29.6-35.8 

32.0-36.6 

31.6-37.3 

Very  Poor 

33.4-42.1 

33.2-42.3 

35.9-43.6 

36.7-44.0 

37.4-42.6 

176 


Formula  For  Determining  Maximum 
and  Training  Heart  Rate  (THR) 

In  addition  to  the  Heart  Rate  Training  Zone  chart  using  norms 
to  establish  average  maximum  heart  rates  and  training  heart  rates 
discussed  in  Part  II  of  this  manual,  the  following  formula  may  be 
used  to  determine  the  maximum  (never  exceed  heart  rate)  and 
training  heart  rates. 

To  establish  your  maximum  heart  rate,  using  205  as  a  con- 
stant, subtract  one/half  of  your  age.  Then  subtract  your  resting 
heart  rate  and  multiply  that  figure  by  .75%,  add  back  your  resting 
heart  rate  and  the  resulting  figure  is  your  Training  Heart  Rate 
(THR). 


Example: 

205 

Constant 

-  25 

Minus  1/2  your  age  (age  50) 

180 

=  Maximum  Heart  Rate 

-  66 

Minus  Resting  Heart  Rate 

114 

x  75% 

Multiply  by  .75% 

570 

798 

25.50 

+  66 

Plus  Resting  Heart  Rate 

151 .50  =  TRAINING  HEART  RATE  (THR) 


177 


178 


1 


Conclusion 


MT 


Special  Mention 


w 


History 


Selected  References 


Acknowledgements 


C 

o 

O 

c 

o 

O 


PART  VIM 

Conclusion 

Dr.  Kenneth  Cooper's  system  and  Dr.  Brian  J.  Sharkey's  exer- 
cise physiology  with  this  manual  give  you  many  options  in  ways  to 
achieve  fitness.  My  own  bias  favors  the  walk/run  programs,  which 
has  the  advantages  of  being  convenient  (no  special  equipment, 
facilities  or  skills  required)  and  fast  (twice  the  aerobic  benefit  per 
minute  of  exercise,  in  comparison  with  the  other  primary  forms). 
Fifteen  minutes  a  day,  four  times  a  week  can  bring  a  runner  to 
minimum  fitness  standards.  I  am  presently  involved  in  a  walking 
program.  For  many  others,  though,  bicycling,  swimming  or  jump- 
ing rope  may  be  preferred.  Those  and  other  options  are  proven  by 
the  program. 

PERSONAL  GOALS 

Your  goals  in  this  program  should  be  to  increase  flexibility, 
muscular  strength,  cardiovascular  capacity  and  general  endur- 
ance. By  steadily  increasing  the  intensity  of  the  exercise  program, 
your  level  of  capacity  increases,  thereby  giving  you  a  surplus  of 
energy  to  draw  from.  Your  level  of  fitness  will  not  be  improved 
overnight.  In  undertaking  to  rehabilitate  or  improve  your  physical 
condition,  you  should  be  aware  of  overstressing  yourself  with  too 
much  exercise. 

Your  level  of  fitness  that  you  fall  into  will  be  determined  by  the 
first  evaluation.  You  should  adhere  to  the  level  of  physical  activity 
recommended  for  you  in  the  Physical  Fitness  Manual.  You  will 
advance  in  your  level  of  fitness  as  your  progress  permits. 

A  previously  physically  active  employee  may  start  at  the 
desired  level  of  fitness,  while  an  individual  who  has  not  been  active 
will  probably  start  at  the  beginning  level.  Hopefully,  the  motivation 
for  both  persons  will  be  the  same;  the  individual  who  has  already 
achieved  the  desired  level  of  fitness  will  work  to  retain  the  level  of 
fitness,  while  the  individual  who  starts  at  the  beginning  level  will 
work  equally  hard  to  achieve  the  desired  maintenance  level  of 
fitness. 


180 


HOW  TO  EXERCISE 

Exercise  should  be  slow  and  rhythmic.  Avoid  excessive  speed 
as  exercising  for  speed  is  not  important  to  adult  fitness. 

1 .  Give  the  body  time  to  adjust. 

2.  Tight  tissue  may  tear  and  must  have  time  to  adjust. 

3.  Relaxation  comes  from  rhythmic  exercise,  not  from  the 
speed  of  the  exercise. 

4.  Give  the  body  time  to  move  through  a  full  range  of  joint 
motion  to  improve  the  coordination  of  body  movement 
as  well  as  improving  joint  flexibility  and  relaxation. 

Avoid  rushing  into  an  exercise  program.  It  usually  takes5  to  25 
years  to  become  unfit.  You  must  allow  adequate  time  in  years  for 
old  tissue  to  adapt  and  become  pliable.  The  tissue  will  change,  but 
you  must  have  patience.  You  cannot  regain  your  youth,  but  you 
can  effectively  slow  the  aging  process  through  exercise.  Adults 
rehabilitate  at  varying  rates. 

EXERCISE  PRECAUTIONS 

Personnel  participating  in  this  program  must  be  aware  of 
certain  factors  that  counteract  the  benefits  of  exercise.  Recogniz- 
ing these  deterrents  often  makes  the  difference  between  a 
successful  or  an  unsuccessful  exercise  program.  The  following  is  a 
brief  discussion  of  some  of  the  more  important  negative  forces  that 
may  interfere  with  a  good  exercise  program. 

Spasmodic  Exercise 

Spasmodic  exercise  is  probably  more  detrimental  than  no 
exercise  at  all.  It  prevents  thegradual  conditioning  and  slow  cardio- 
vascular changes  so  necessary  for  fitness  development.  The 
middle-aged  exerciser  cannot  crowd  his  exercise  intervals  into  one 
day  per  week,  for  fitness  cannot  be  stored  by  the  body  —  it  must  be 
continually  replenished. 

Prolonged  Fatigue 

Prolonged  fatigue  after  exercise  should  be  avoided.  If  fatigue 
lasts  two  hours  or  more  following  an  exercise  session,  the  program 
is  too  vigorous.  The  body  has  not  yet  had  time  to  adapt  to  that 
heavy  a   load   of  work.  The  subsequent  workouts  should   be 


181 


decreased  in  their  intensity  to  prevent  prolonged  fatigue.  Exercise 
should  leave  an  individual  with  a  sense  of  pleasant  relaxation,  not 
excessive  tiredness. 

ALCOHOL 

Alcohol  and  exercise  do  not  mix.  Alcohol  constricts  the  coro- 
nary vessels  of  the  heart  and  may  cause  death  due  to  oxygen 
insufficiency  with  vigorous  exercise.  Several  hours  (at  least  four) 
should  elapse  between  alcohol  intake  and  an  exercise  session.  The 
better  conditioned  and  trained,  the  less  the  risk;  but  for  the  adult 
just  beginning  his  fitness  program,  alcohol  followed  by  exercise  is 
hazardous. 

CIGARETTE  SMOKING 

Cigarette  smoking  tends  to  undo  the  gains  made  by  exercise. 
Cigarette  smokers  never  attain  the  high  levels  of  fitness  of  the 
non-smokers.  There  is  probable  interference  with  oxygen  exchange 
across  the  lung  membrane  in  the  smoker.  The  individual  interested 
in  his  fitness  should  stop  smoking. 

CHEST  PAIN 

If  chest  pain  develops  during  physical  exercise,  the  activity 
should  be  stopped  immediately  and  the  person  placed  at  rest. 
Personnel  who  experience  the  above  symptoms  must  be  checked 
and  cleared  by  his  own  physician  before  restarting  the  program. 

SHORTNESS  OF  BREATH 

Obstructive  pulmonary  disease  is  found  in  emphysema, 
asthma  and  bronchial  spasm  from  smoking.  It  is  manifested  by 
shortness  of  breath  on  exertion.  Positive  results  of  an  exercise 
program  in  these  cases  are  attained  slowly  and  much  more  time  is 
needed  for  adaptive  changes  to  occur. 


182 


COMPETITION 

Competition  in  fitness  programs  is  undesirable.  Individual 
improvement  and  progress  are  important,  not  progress  in  competi- 
tion with  the  group.  Rarely  do  two  or  more  individuals  begin  exer- 
cising at  the  same  level  of  fitness.  Adult  fitness  is  developed  indi- 
vidually, and  individual  progress  is  the  criterion  for  success. 

SPORTS 

A  sports  program  is  not  a  fitness  program.  Most  sports  are 
spasmodic  and  not  rhythmic.  The  game  dictates  the  intensity  of  the 
activity  and  frequently  creates  a  sudden  overdemand  on  the  heart 
and  vessels.  Seldom  are  recreational  sports  preceded  by  an  ade- 
quate warm-up  for  vigorous  play  so  that  injuries  frequently  result  in 
the  adult.  Sports  such  as  golf  and  bowling  are  of  almost  no  cardio- 
vascular benefit,  for  they  lack  sustained  activity  of  the  endurance 
type.  Participation  in  athletic  activities  should  be  limited  until  a 
suitable  level  of  fitness  is  reached. 

SWEATING  AND  SALT 

Excessive,  purposeful  sweating  should  be  avoided.  Rubber  or 
plastic  suits  that  increase  sweating  are  of  no  value  in  an  exercise 
program.  Clothing  should  be  light  and  allow  as  much  ventilation  as 
possible.  The  weight  lost  by  sweating  and  dehydration  is  not  per- 
manent, and  is  soon  regained  with  fluid  replacement.  Most  physi- 
ologists agree  that  salt  tablets  are  not  needed  even  when  exercis- 
ing during  the  hot  summer  months.  Any  salt  lost  with  perspiration 
during  exercise  is  better  replaced  by  the  use  of  table  salt  with  meals 
than  by  ingesting  salt  tablets.  The  tablets  frequently  cause  gas- 
trointestinal upsets. 

STALENESS 

It  is  possible  for  an  adult  to  run  too  much  and  become  stale  by 
trying  to  overachieve  in  his  individual  fitness  program.  This  is 
manifested  by  excessive  fatigue,  loss  of  enthusiasm,  and  decreased 
performance.  Occasionally  a  person  may  become  so  enthusiastic 
over  his  fitness  that  too  much  emphasis  is  placed  on  exercise 


183 


goals,  with  decreasing  emphasis  being  given  to  his  life  goals.  This, 
too  eventually  leads  to  staleness.  The  problem  is  easily  solved  by 
decreasing  the  frequency  or  intensity  of  the  exercise  sessions  for  a 
time.  A  better  perspective  soon  occurs. 

MEDICATION 

Regular  exercise  occasionally  diminishes  the  need  for  certain 
medications  and  dosage  adjustment  is  needed.  A  good  example  of 
this  is  that  insulin  requirements  of  the  exercising  diabetic  are  often 
decreased.  Drugs  used  to  lower  high  blood  pressure  may  also 
need  adjustment  for  regular  exercise  has  a  beneficial  effect  on 
blood  pressure,  and  less  medication  is  needed  as  fitness  improves. 

If  any  employee  is  requiring  any  type  of  medication,  he  or  she 
should  consult  their  physician  before  engaging  in  the  physical 
fitness  program. 

OVEREMPHASIS 

Although  exercise  is  an  important  phase  of  total  fitness,  it  is 
not  a  panacea  for  all  diseases,  nor  is  it  one's  ticket  to  eternity.  It 
should  not  be  emphasized  to  the  exclusion  of  the  other  compo- 
nents of  total  fitness;  correct  diet,  adequate  rest  and  sleep,  emo- 
tional stability  and  maturity,  relaxation,  correction  of  any  medical 
problems,  and  satisfaction  in  one's  daily  living. 

REMEMBER  YOUR  AGE 

Volleyball,  handball  and  other  power  games  should  be  avoided 
during  the  first  three  months  of  adult  training.  The  muscles,  joints 
and  ligaments  are  not  ready  for  sudden  explosive  movement  until 
they  have  been  conditioned  by  progressive  training.  Adults  should 
not  do  deep  knee  bends,  duck-walk  exercise  and  other  activities 
that  fully  flex  the  knee  joint  (squat-style  activities).  Ligament  prob- 
lems, cartilage  tears,  and  total  loosening  of  the  knee  joint  are 
mechanical  possibilities  with  these  exercises.  Half-knee  bends  are 
permissible  and  of  value  if  performed  with  the  feet  flat. 


184 


TIME 

Do  not  hurry  fitness.  Time  is  required  for  both  musculoskeletal 
and  cardiovascular  adaptation.  If  the  program  is  hurried,  injuries 
ana  discouragement  may  result.  Remember,  fitness  is  a  lifetime 
dedication. 

EVALUATION  ACTIVITIES 

Quarterly  evaluations  will  be  given  to  each  person  participat- 
ing in  the  fitness  program.  Results  of  these  activities  will  appear  on 
each  individual's  Physical  Fitness  Evaluation  and  Measurement 
Chart.  Each  employee's  supervisor  will  notify  them  of  the  date, 
time,  and  location  of  the  evaluations. 

The  Department's  fitness  standards  will  be  developed  based 
on  the  above  testing  results  and  we  will  continue  to  upgrade  the 
pre-employment  physical  requirements  to  coincide  with  our  pro- 
gress. I  appreciate  the  full  support  each  of  you  have  given  this 
program  and  your  sincere  participation  in  our  attempt  in  meeting 
our  goal  of  good  health.  I  guarantee  we  will  all  benefit  from  a 
healthful  physical  fitness  program,  we  can't  afford  not  to  participate. 


V3u-^jl  O  Lidta^^-^- 


Colonel  Drew  E.  Whitaker 
Chief,  Law  Enforcement 


185 


Special  Mention 

Conservation  Officers 

Sergeant  Bob  Brown 
Ranger  John  Thomas 

On  their  own  volition,  as  advocates  for  a  sound  Department 
Physical  Fitness  Program  they  developed  and  conducted  the  phys- 
ical fitness  activities  for  all  DNR  personnel  attending  the  Mandate 
Training  Sessions  at  the  Georgia  Police  Academy. 

As  volunteer  instructors,  their  dedication  and  perseverance 
was  instrumental  in  the  realization  of  a  statewide  fitness  program 
for  all  department  law  enforcement  officers  and  is  indicative  as  to 
their  professionalism. 

This  manual  is  in  recognition  and  appreciation  for  their  contri- 
bution to  the  program. 

Department  Certified  Physical  Instructors 

Sergeant  Bob  Brown 
Corporal  Johnny  C.  Chastain 

Editing  and  Proofreading 

Sergeant  Elysia  Greenlee 

Typing 

Denise  Hicks 
Jean  Johnston 

Graphics 

Joanie  Miller 


186 


History 

department  of  Natural  iBeBources 


GAME  AND  FISH  DIVISION 

JorD.  tanner 

COMMISSIONS 

Ceon  Klrklanft  Lf  83-25 

OlVlSlON  OiPf  CICH 


September  14,  1982 


MEMORANDUM 

TO:  All   Law  Enforcement  Supervisors 

FROM:  Chief,   LawNj^ftrcement 

SUBJECT:  JOB  ANALYSIS/PHYSICAL   FITNESS 


The  department  has  requested  that  the  State  Merit  System  Examination  Research 
Development  Section  aid  us  In  designing  a   Physical   Fitness  Screening  Test  to 
measure  Conservation  Ranger  applicants  physical   abilities   in  areas  of  agility, 
strength,   speed,  endurance  and  swimming.     In  addition,  the  physical   selection 
standards  will  be  used  as  well   for  maintaining  standards  of  current  employees. 

In  developing  the  physical  ability  standards,  Merit  System  personnel  will   be 
conducting  job  analysis  for  our  conservation  classes  and  will   contact  employees 
and  supervisors  to  schedule  interview  appointments. 

I  will  keep  you  inform  as  the  research  progresses  and  if  you  have  any  questions 
to  discuss,  please  don't  hesitate  to  contact  this  office. 

DEW/je 

cc:     Personnel 


AN  EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT/AFFIRMATIVE  ACTION  EMPLOYER 

187 


Separtment  of  -Natural  SUBourceB 


Mat  C.  aanncr 

COMMISSIONER 

Icon  *kirki.ini» 

DIVISION  DlRECT<  H 


November  2,  1982 

MEMORANDUM 

TO:  ALL  LAW   ENFORCEMENT  SUPERVISORS 

FROM:  CHIEF,   LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

SUBJECT:  PHYSICAL   FITNESS   PROGRAM  -   UPDATE 


GAME  AND  FISH  DIVISION 


LE  82-36 


In  my  memorandum  dated  September  14,  1982,  (LE  83-25),  I   informed  you  that 
the  Department,  jointly  with  the  State  Merit  System,   is   in  the  process  of 
developing  a  pre-employment  physical   ability  examination  and   implementing 
a   physical   fitness   program  for  all   incumbent  Conservation  Rangers.     The 
fitness  program  will   encompass  employment  physical    standards  and  physical 
abilities   necessary   for  task  performance  and  other  conditions  of  employment. 
The  essence  of  physical   fitness   is  conditioning  and  weight  management 
and  our  program  is  being  established  to  improve  and  maintain  a  healthful 
physical    fitness  level. 

The  program  will   require  that  Rangers  meet  and  maintain  mandatory  minimum 
physical    standards  in  the  areas  of  stamina,  cardiovascular  endurance, 
strength,   speed,  agility,  flexibility,  swimming  and  percent  body  com- 
position.    These  standards  will   be  developed  primarily  on  the  results 
of  our  Department  testing  which  is  being  administered  by  State  Merit  System 
Test  Analyst  and  specialist  from  the  Human  Performance  Laboratory,  Georgia 
State  University.     Observations  of  the  physical   activities  performed  by 
Rangers,  the  analysis  of  job  tasks  and  the  physical   abilities  necessary 
for  most  tasks  have  been  completed  by  the  Merit  System,  refined  and  vali- 
dated by  approximately  25  Conservation  Ranger  supervisors  and  is  now  being 
finalized.     The  standards  will    be  reasonable  and  should  be  easily  attainable 
for  anyone  in  reasonably  good  condition. 

Prior  to  beginning  our  physical    fitness  program,  all    Rangers  must  have  a 
medical   screening  examination,  provided  by  the  Department  and  complete  the 
DNR  medical    history  questionnaire.     The  medical   examinations  will   be  admin- 
istered by  DHR,   Division  of  Public  Health,  Employee  Health  Services  Office 
in  Atlanta.     All   officers  will   be  scheduled  through  the  Regional   L.E.  offices 


AN  EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT/AFFIRMATIVE  ACTION  EMPLOYER 

188 


LE  82-36 

Novemoer  2,  1982 
Page  two 


beginning  November  9,   1982,  and  continuing   through  December  10,  1982. 
Consideration  will   be  given  on  an  individual   case  by  case   basis  for  tem- 
porary or  permanent  exemption  to  certain  areas  of  minimum  standards,   based 
on  medical   advice.     In  the  event  that  any  significant  medical   abnormalities 
are  found  that  require  immediate  medical    attention,   the  officer  and  his 
supervisor  will    be  advised  of  the  medical   findings  and  the  necessary 
measures  will    be  taken  for  the  employee  to  clear  up  the  matter  with  his 
personal    physician       If  a  condition  is  discovered  where  it  is  required 
that  the  employee  be  relieved  of  duty  and  placed  on   sick  leave,   it  will 
be  necessary  that  clearance  in  writing  is  obtained  from  the  personal 
physician  before  the  employee  will    be  returned  to  regular  duties. 

Prior  to   testing  applicants  or  determining  the  extent  of  physical   conditioning 
necessary  for  incumbent  Rangers,  test  specifications  will   have  to  be 
developed  by  testing  approximately  40  Conservation  Rangers.     Only  those 
Rangers  who  have  successfully  completed  the  medical    screening  test  may 
participate.     The   test  will   determine  from  analysis  of  their  abilities 
the  setting  of  distances,  times,  speeds  and  number  of  repetitions,  etc, 
All    phases  of  the  testing  will   be  conducted  under  the  direction  of  quali- 
fied medical    personnel  and  our  L.E.   physical    fitness  instructors,   trained 
by  Human  Performance  Lab  specialists  to  act  as  monitors. 

The  Department's   fitness  standards  will   be  developed  based  on  the  above 
testing  results  and  then  each  Conservation  Officer  will    be  tested  to 
determine  their  fitness   level. 

Department  instructors  will   design   programs  to  assist  each  officer  in 
achieving  their  fitness  level   and  monitor  their  progress  until    the 
Department's  minimum  standards  are  reached. 

I    feel    that  a  healthful    physical    fitness  program  is  long  overdue  and  will 
benefit  each  officer  and  the  Department   in  meeting  our  goal  of  good  health, 
without  risk  when  performing  many  of  our  strenuous  tas:ks.    Your  support 
in  achieving  this  goal    is   wery  necessary  if  we  are  to  be  successful. 

DEW/je 


189 


Department  of  Statural  ^Resources 


Jo«  9.  (Danntrr 

COMMISSIONER 


GAME  AND  FISH  OIVISION 

270  WASHINGTON  ST..  S  W 

ATLANTA.  GEORGIA  30334 

<404)ftSfr3323 


Cron  SirtUno 

DIVISION  OIRECTOft 

April  6,  1983 


MEMORANDUM 


LE  83-57 


TO: 

FROM: 

SUBJECT: 


All  Law  Enforcement  Supervisors 

Chief,  Law  vworcement 

IN-SERVICE  TRAINING  -  NEW  LEGISLATION/ 
CONSERVATION  RANGER  PHYSICAL  AGILITY  PROGRAM 


In-Service  Training  will  be  conducted  in  each  District  during  the  months  of  May 
and  June  by  Colonel  Drew  E.  Whi taker,  Sergeant  Robert  Brown,  and  Ranger  John 
Thomas.  Topics  covered  will  be  New  Legislation  and  the  Conservation  Ranger 
Physical  Agility  Program.  This  training  will  be  held  in  conjunction  with  the 
District  Meeting  at  each  District  Headquarters. 

Arrangements  are  to  be  made  to  seat  all  Game  and  Fish  Division  employees  within 
each  District  and  session  will  begin  at  9  a.m. 

Walton  District 
Cordele  District 
Albany  District 
Metter  District 
Thomson  District 
Manchester  District 
Macon  District 
Calhoun  District 
Gainesville  District 
Waycross  District 
Brunswick  District 
Demeries  Creek  District 

Direct  any  questions  to  this  office, 

DEW/sbd 

cc:  Commissioner  Joe  Tanner 
Director  Leon  Kirkland 
Mr.  Terry  Kile 
Mr.  Mike  Gennings 
Mr.  Henry  Struble 
Mr.  Glen  Williamson 


Friday 

-   May 

6, 

1983 

Tuesday 

-   May 

10, 

1983 

Wednesday 

-   May 

11, 

1983 

Thursday 

-   May 

19, 

1983 

Friday 

May 

20, 

1983 

Tuesday 

-   May 

24, 

1983 

Thursday 

-   May 

26, 

1983 

Tuesday 

June 

7, 

1983 

Thursday 

June 

9, 

1983 

Wednesday 

June 

15, 

1983 

Thursday 

June 

16, 

1983 

Friday 

June 

17, 

1983 

AN  EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT/AFFIRMATIVE  ACTION  EMPLOYER 

190 


INTRODUCTION 

I.   PHYSICAL  FITNESS 

A)  Physical  Fitness  is  the  organic  condition  of  the  body,  which  enables  the 
individual  to  use  his/her  body  in  activities  requiring,  strength,  endurance, 
flexibility,  coordination,  power,  speed  and  accuracy. 

B)  Commissioner  Tanner,  Mr.  Kirkland  and  Col.  Whitaker  agree  that  it  is  very 
important  for  each  of  you  to  be  in  good  physical  condition. 

Why  would  they  be  interested  -  number  of  reasons!   If  there  reasons  were 
only  selfish  -  than  benefits  to  organizations. 

Physcially  fit  persons  have  less 

1)  sick  time 

2)  absenteeism 

3)  on  job  injuries 

4)  workman's  comp.  claims/insurance  claims 

5)  early  retirement,  disability  retirement 

6)  dramatically  increased  job  performance  ratings 

Why  should  we  be  concerned  with  Physical  Fitness?  Number  one  reason,  the  most 
important  person  in  the  world  is  you. 

II:   HEALTH  HAZARD  APPRASIAL  TEST 

III:   EFFECTS  OF  PHYSICAL  FITNESS  ON  POLICE  OFFICERS 

1)  Ability  to  respond  to  emergency  situations 

2)  Increase  cardio  respiratory  endurance 

3)  Increase  dynamic  strength 

4)  Increase  overall  endurance 

5)  Increase  ability  to  sleep 

6)  Increase  flexibility 

7)  Increase  ability  to  relax 

8)  Improve  appearance  -  self  esteem 

9)  Improve  confidence 

10)  Increase  job  performance  ratings 

11)  Decrease  level  of  tension  and  anxiety 

12)  Decrease  fatigue  level 

13)  Decrease  coronary  risk  factors 

14)  Decrease  per  cent  of  body  fats 

15)  Increase  "survibility" ,  hit  be  severe  illness  or  injury 

16)  Decrease  stress  level 

17)  Increase  sex  life 

IV.   TYPICAL  POLICE  PROFILE 

1)   High  coronary  risk  profile 

a)  Inactive  job  tasks  -  example:  ride  in  truck,  boat,  etc. 

b)  Inactive  exercise  patterns  -  one  reason  irregular  work  schedule 

c)  High  mortality  index  for  combined  cardio  vascular  disease,  diabetics, 
suicide 

d)  High  rate  ot  hypokinetic    disease  -  back  pain,  etc. 

191 


e)  6  times  high  workman's  comp  claim  rate. 

f)  Higher  rate  of  early  retirments 

1)  22%  caused  by  back  problems 

2)  26%  Cardio-vascular  problems 

g)  Deaths  that  occur  on  duty  -  60%  health  related 
h)   High  rate  of  divorce  and  stress 

V.   Show  Film  "SILENT  KILLER" 

VI.   OVERALL  POLICE  FITNESS  LEVEL 

1)  Young  officers  average  of  population 

2)  Middle  aged  and  older lower  than  population. 

This  group's  fitness  level  is  lower  than  average  violator 

3)  Not  too  important  when  checking  fishing  license,  however  what  about  out 
of  control  situations 

example: 

runs 

rescue 

felony 

fight 

endurance  -  working  long  hours  without  rest. 

4)  Ability  to  react  to  emergency  situations 


VII. 


a)  What  do  we  have  in  mind? 

Football  or  high  school  athletics 

Fitness  and  exercise/punishment 

b)  What  we  are  advocating  is  spending  30  min.  -  3  to  5  times  per  week  and 
adding  years  to  your  life. 

c)  We  propose  to  structure  individual  fitness  programs  for  everyone  who  is 
willing  to  participate  according  to  ability. 

1)  Those  who  are  in  good  physical  shape  put  on  maintenance  program 
designed  to  keep  you  in  good  shape. 

2)  Those  in  bad  shape  put  on  a  program  to  gradually  elevate  your 
fitness  level  at  a  rate  that  is  comfortable  for  you.   So  that  you  see 
your  progress. 


192 


department  of  Natural  iSesnurres 


GAME  AND  FISH  DIVISION 


Jot  0.  danner 

COMMISSIONER 

Iron  Sirkland 

DIVISION  DIRECTOR 


NAME: 

CALL  NUMBER: 

DISTRICT: 


(   )    I  am  willing  to  participate  in  the  ongoing  D.N.R.  physical  fitness  program, 
(   )    I  am  not  willing  to  participate. 
COMMENTS : 


AN  EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT/AFFIRMATIVE  ACTION  EMPLOYER 

193 


iRpartment  of  Statural  SUflourrjs 


GAME  ANO  FISH  DIVISION 
270  WASHINGTON  ST.,  S.W. 
ATLANTA.  GEORGIA  30334 

Joe  S.  (Sanner  (404)  656-3523 

COMMISSIONER 

Ceon  Kiritlana 

DIVISION  DIRECTOR 


August  2,  1983 


LE  84-11 


MEMORANDUM 

TO:      All  Law  Enforcement  Supervisors 
FROM:     Chief,  Law  Enforcemer 


!¥p 


SUBJECT:  In-Service  Training/Month  of  August 
PHYSICAL  FITNESS  ASSESSMENT 


During  the  next  scheduled  district  meeting  in  each  law  enforcement  district, 
Sergeant  Bob  Brown  and  Ranger  John  Thomas  will  conduct  individual  physical 
fitness  assessments  for  all  participants  within  their  respective  regions. 

Preparations  and  arrangements  should  be  made  so  that  the  test  may  be  given 
in  a  controlled  climate  of  65  -75  F.  The  instructor  and  each  subject 
being  screened  should  be  out  of  view  of  others  waiting  to  be  tested.  This 
is  to  avoid  a  "performance"  atmosphere  of  testing  one  at  a  time  with  the 
whole  group  watching.   Individuals  should  not  take  the  test  while  on 
medication  or  after  exercising,  meals,  coffee  or  cigarettes.  The  objective 
is  for  the  pulse  rate  to  correlate  with  the  physical  exertion  and  recovery 
capacity  unaltered  by  stimulants,  apprehension  or  other  influences. 

The  following  areas  will  be  evaluated  so  that  individual  exercise  pre- 
scriptions may  be  developed: 

3  Minute  Step  Test 
1  Minute  Push-Up 
1  Minute  Sit-Up 
Sit  and  Reach 
Percent  Body  Fat 


AN  EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT/AFFIRMATIVE  ACTION  EMPLOYER 

194 


IN-SERVICE  TRAINING/MONTH  OF  AUGUST  -  PHYSICAL  FITNESS  ASSESSMENT  LE  84-11 
August  2,  1983 
Page  Two 

Participants  may  want  to  bring  comfortable  light  clothing,  suitable  shoes 
for  exercising  and  a  towel.  The  following  has  been  recommended  as  most 
suitable  for  our  program. 

1.  Nylon  or  cotton  gym  shorts  and  a  T-shirt. 

2.  A  good  training  shoe  with  a  firm,  thick  sole,  good  arch  support,  and  a 
thick  padded  heel. 

3.  Thick  tube  socks  (helps  to  prevent  blisters). 

In  kicking  off  our  program,  I  encourage  each  of  you  to  do  your  best  to 
make  it  successful  for  all  concerned. 

DEW/bsd 

cc:  Sergeant  Bob  Brown 
Ranger  John  Thomas 


195 


lejrartmoit  of  Natural  Eeaourcea 


GAME  ANO  FISH  DIVISION 
270  WASHINGTON  ST.,  S.W. 
ATLANTA,  GEORGIA  30334 

Joe  8.  (Banner  (404)656-3523 

COMMISSIONER 

Heon  Kirkland 

DIVISION  DIRECTOR 


August  4,  1983 


MEMORANDUM 


TO:      Sergeant  Bob  Brown 
Ranger  John  Thomas 


£p 


FROM:     Chief,  Law  Enforcemer 
SUBJECT:   PHYSICAL  FITNESS  ASSES 


The  following  precautions  must  precede  the  administration  of  the  Step 
Test: 

1.  Immediately  preceding  the  test,  an  individual  should  sit  quietly 
for  5-10  minutes.  The  resting  pulse  rate  should  be  taken  after 
this  rest.  Extremely  high  (100+  BPM),  thready,  or  irregular 
pulse  would  preclude  test  until  a  physicians  permission  is 
obtained. 

2.  You  should  inquire  about  general  health  and  if  abnormal  conditions 
are  present,  you  must  not  test.  Examples  are  heart  or  respiratory 
problems,  fever,  colds  or  other  ailments.  Do  not  test  persons  who 
are  taking  drugs  or  other  medications. 

3.  During  testing,  closely  observe  and  terminate  test  if  any  of  the 
following  signs  of  distress  occur:  nausea,  trembling,  extreme 
fatique  or  breathlessness,  pounding  in  the  head,  pain  in  the  chest 
or  arm,  confusion,  or  complaints  about  onset  of  ill  feeling. 

The  equipment  needed  includes: 

1.  Sturdy  bench  -  12  inches  high 

2.  Metronome  or  other  audible  signaling  device  such  as  a  tape  recording, 
set  for  95  beats  per  minute. 


AN  EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT/AFFIRMATIVE  ACTION  EMPLOYER 

196 


PHYSICAL  FITNESS  ASSESSMENT 
August  4,  1983 
Page  Two 

3.  Scale  accurate  to  -  2  pounds 

4.  Blood  pressure  kit 

5.  Stop  watch 

6.  Tape  measure 

7.  Stethoscope 

General  directions  for  the  test  include: 

1.  Have  subject  rest  a  few  minutes  before  the  test  (do  not  take  test 
after  exercise,  meals,  coffee,  cigarettes). 

2.  Start  the  metronome  or  tape  recorder  (96  beats  per  minute). 

3.  Have  subject  step  onto  bench  and  back  to  floor  keeping  time  with  the 
metronome  beat. 

If  subject  cannot  keep  up  with  the  beat  because  of  poor  condition,  stop 
and  retake  after  several  weeks  of  conditioning.  Change  the  lead  leg  if 
it  becomes  tired.  Stop  the  test  if  the  subject  shows  obvious  physical 
distress  or  cannot  keep  pace  with  the  timer. 

4.  After  3  minutes  of  exercise,  stop  metronome  and  have  subject  sit  down, 

5.  Count  subjects  pulse  (at  wrist  or  throat)  with  a  stethoscope  1  full 
minute,  starting  5  seconds  after  the  step  test  exercise. 

6.  The  precautions  referred  to  in  PAR  3  are  equally  important  and 
applicable  for  the  following  remaining  events  being  tested: 

a.  Percent  body  fat  (N/A) 

b.  One  minute  push-up 

c.  One  minute  sit-up 

d.  Sit  and  reach 

e.  l*s  mile  run  (when  applicable) 

Additional  equipment  needed: 

1 .  Skin  fold  calipers 

2.  Blanket 
DEW/bsd 


197 


CLASS  TITLE 


D.N.R. 
MEDICAL  HISTORY  RECORD 


DATE  :    / / 


mo   day    year 


NAME 


SSN 


(Last) 


AGE 


(First) 


(Middle  Initial) 


i    H 


HEIGHT 


lbs. 


WEIGHT 


SEX:  _____   BLOOD  TYPE 
(M)or(F) 


DATE  OF  BIRTH 


/ / 


MO     DAY    YEAR 


WORK  ADDRESS 


FAMILY  PHYSICIAN 


CITY 


ADDRESS 


ZIP  CODE 
(   ) 


PHONE  NUMBER 


-1- 

PRESENT  HISTORY 

Check  the  box  in  front  of  those  questions  to  which  your  answer  is  yes.  Leave 
others  blank. 

/  /  Has  a  doctor  ever  said  that  your  blood  pressure  was  too  high? 

/  /  Do  you  ever  have  pain  in  your  heart  or  chest? 

/  /  Are  you  often  bothered  by  a  thumping  of  the  heart? 

/  /  Does  your  heart  often  beat  fast? 

/  /  Do  you  ever  notice  extra  heart  beats  or  skipped  beats? 

/  /  Are  your  ankles  often  badly  swollen? 

/_/  Do  cold  hands  or  feet  trouble  you  even  in  hot  weather? 

/  /  Has  a  doctor  ever  said  that  you  had  or  have  heart  trouble,  an  abnormal 
electrocardiogram  (ECG  or  EKG) ,  heart  attack  or  coronary? 

/  /  Do  you  suffer  from  frequent  cramps  in  your  legs? 

/  /  Do  you  often  have  difficulty  breathing? 

/  /  Do  you  get  out  of  breath  long  before  anyone  else? 


198 


Page  two 


/_/  Do  you  sometimes  get  out  of  breath  when  sitting  still  or  sleeping? 
/  /  Has  a  doctor  ever  told  you  your  cholesterol  level  was  high? 
COMMENTS:  (Please  Print) 


-2- 

Do  you  now  have  or  have  you  recently  had: 

/  /  A  chronic,  recurrent  or  morning  cough? 

/  /  Any  episode  of  coughing  up  blood? 

/__/   Increased  anxiety  or  depression? 

/  /  Problems  with  recurrent  fatigue,   trouble  sleeping  or   increased   irritability? 

/  /  Migraine  or  recurrent  headaches? 

/__/  Swollen  or  painful    knees  or  ankles? 

/__/  Swollen,  stiff  or  painful   joints? 

/   /  Pain  in  your  legs  after  walking  short  distances? 

/_/  Back  pain? 

/  /  Kidney  problems  such  as  passing  stones,  burning,  increased  frequency, 
decreased  force  of  stream  of  difficulty  in  starting  or  stopping  your 
stream? 

/  /  Any  stomach  or  intestinal  problems  such  as  recurrent  heartburn,  ulcers, 
constipation  or  diarrhea? 

/  /  Any  recent  change  in  a  wart  or  mole? 

/  /  Glaucoma  or  increase  pressure  in  the  eyes? 

/  /  Eye  glasses  or  contact  lenses. 

/  /  Hearing  Problems? 

COMMENTS:  (Please  Print) 


199 


Page  three 

-3- 
WOMEN  ONLY  -  Answer  the  following: 

/  /       Do  you  have  any  menstrual   period  problems? 

/__/       Do  you  have  problems  with  recurrent  itching  or  discharge? 

/  /       Did  you  have  any  significant  childbirth  problems? 

/_/       Do  you  have  any  breast  discharge  or  lumps? 

/_/       Do  you  sometimes  lose  urine  when  you  cough,  sneeze  or  laugh? 

Please  give  number  of  pregnancies  Living  Children  

Date  of  last  pelvic  exam  and/or  Pap     smear:     Month: Year: 

COMMENTS:     (Please  Print) 


-4- 

MEN  AND  WOMEN  -  Answer  the  following: 

List  any  prescribed  medication  you  are  now  taking: 

List  any  self-prescribed  medications  or  dietary  supplements  you  are  now  taking 


Date  of  last  complete  physical   examination: 

19 Can't  Remember  [J         Normal     TJ      Abnormal     /_/ 

Month 

Date  of  last  chest  x-ray: 

19  Can't  Remember  /  /     Normal   /  /        Abnormal   /  / 


Date  of  last  electrocardiogram: 

19 Can't  Remember  /  /       Normal/  /  Abnormal   /  / 

Month 

Date  of  last  dental    check  up: 

19 

Month 

200 


Page  four 

(Please  print  below  information) 


List  any  other  medical   or  diagnostic  test  you  have  had  in  the  past  two  years 


List  hospitalizations  including  dates  of  and  reasons   for  hospitalization 


List  any  drug  allergies: 


.5. 
PAST  HISTORY 
Have  you  ever  had: 

/  /     Heart  attack,  how  many  years  ago?  /_/  Thyroid  Problems 

_/  Pneumatic  fever  /_/  Pneumonia 

l_j  Heart  murmur  /_/  Bronchitis 

J   Diseases  of  the  arteries  /_/  Asthma 

J  Varicose  veins  /_/  Abnormal  chest  x-ray 

_/  Arthritis  of  legs  or  arms  /_/  Other  lung  diseases 

/  Diabetes  or  abnormal    blood  sugar  test  /_/     Injuries  to  back,  arms,  legs 

or  joints 
__/  Phlebitis  /_/     Broken  bones 

/__/  Dizziness  or  fainting  spells  /_/     Jaundice  or  gallbladder  problems 

J   Epilepsy  /_/     Polio 

_/  Strokes  /_/       Urinary  tract,  infections,  kidney 

stones  or  prostate  problems 
J  Dip  then*  a  /_/       Scarlet  fever 

/  Infectious  mononucleosis  /  /       Any  nervous  or  emotional    problems 


_/  Anemia 
/  /  Emphysema 


/  /   Cancer 
/_/   Syhpilis 


201 


Page  five 


COMMENTS:    (Please  Print) 


-6- 

FAMILIAL  DISEASES:     Have  any  of  your  blood  relatives   had  any  of  the  following? 
(Include  grandparents,   parents,   brothers,  sisters,  aunts  and  uncles,  but 
exclude  cousins  ,    relatives  by  marriage,  and  half  relatives). 


/  /  Heart  attacks  under  age  50 

/  /  Strokes  under  age  50 

/_/  High  blood  pressure 

/  /  Elevated  Cholesterol 

/_/  Diabetes 

/  /  Asthma  or  hay  fever 

COMMENTS:   (Please  Print) 


/  /  Congenital   heart  disease 

/  /  Heart  operations 

/  /  Glaucoma 

/  /  Obesity  (20  or  more  lbs.  overweight) 

/  /  Leukemia  or  cancer  under  age  60 


OTHER  HEART  DISEASES   RISK  FACTORS: 

SMOKING 

Have  you  ever  smoked  cigarettes,  cigars  or  a  pipe?  /_/  Yes    /_/  No 

If  NO,  skip  this  section. 


Do  you  smoke  presently?  /_/  Yes        /_/  No 

If  you  did  or  do  smoke  cigarettes,  how  many  per  day? 


If  you  did  or  do  smoke  a  pipe,  how  many  pipefuls  per  day? 


Age  started  _ 
Age  started 


If  you  have  quit  smoking  when  was  it?_ 


19 


Month 


202 


Pace  six 


WEIGHT 

What  do  you  consider  a  good  weight  for  yourself?  lbs. 

What  is  the  most  you  have  ever  weighed? lbs.    (including  pregnancy) 

At  what  age? (years) 

Weight  now. 1  bs  .       One  year  ago  1  bs  .  at  age  21   lbs  . 

EXERCISE 

Are  you  currently  involved  in  a  regular  exercise  program?     /_/  Yes         /  /  No 

Do  you  regularly  walk  or  run  one  or  more  miles  continuously?       /_/Yes       /_/   No 

If  yes,  average  number  of  miles  you  cover  per  workout  or  do  miles. 

What  is  your  average  time  per  miles?        minutes     seconds         Dont'    Know./  / 

Do  you  practice  weight  lighting,  swimming  or  home  calisthenics?     /_/  Yes     /__/     No 

Are  you  now  involved  in  Aerobics  program?  /_/Yes         /_/  No 

Do  you  frequently  participate  in  competitive  sports?       /__/  Yes       /_/     No 

If  yes,  which  one  or  ones? 

/_/  Golf       /_/  Bowling       /_/  Tennis       /_/     Handball       /_/  Soccer     /_/     Track 

/_/  Basketball     /_/  Volleyball         /_/  Football       /_/  Baseball 

Average  number  of  times  per  month  

In  which  of  the  following  high  school  or  college  athletics  did  you  participate? 

/_/  None     /_/     Football     /_/  Basketball   /_/  Baseball       /_/  Soccer       /_/     Track 

/  /     Swimming     /__/     Tennis       /_/  Wrestling       /_/  Golf 

What  activity  or  activities  would  you  prefer  in  a     regular  exercise  program  for 
yourself? 

/   /  Walking  and/or  running  /_/  Bicycling   (outdoor)  /_/  Swimming 

/_/  Stationary  running  /_/  Stationary  cycling  /__/     Tennis 

/  /   Jumping  rope  /__/  Handball,  basketball   or  soccer 

/_/  Weight  lifting  /_/  OTHER: 


203 


Page  seven 


COMMENTS:   (please     Print) 


Explain  any  other  significant  medical   problems  that  you  consider  important 
for  us  to  know: 


EMPLOYEE  SIGNATURE 


204 


AFTER  ACTION  REPORT  : 


At  the  start  of  the  7th  Ranger  Basic  Course  a  Physical  Fitness  Assessment 
was  given  to  participates.  The  results  show  that  ten  out  of  twenty-one 
were  in  poor  condition.  There  blood  pressure  was  above  moderate  range, 
resting  heart  rate  was  high,  percent  of  body  fat  was  high,  flexibility  was 
poor,  their  basic  strength  was  weak,  and  their  cardio-vasicular  fitness 
was  poor. 

Each  participate  was  advised  of  his  level  of  fitness  and  was  given  a 
starting  Areobic  Fitness  Program  designed  for  that  individual's  needs. 

During  the  course  of  eight  weeks  particiaptes  were  given  alot  of  support  and 
encouragement.  At  the  end  of  this  eight  week  period  participates  were  retested. 
The  results  of  the  test  were  pleasantly  surprising.   Participates  moved  up  at 
least  one  level  of  fitness  and  in  some  cases  two  levels.  Their  blood  pressure 
and  resting  heart  rate  went  down,  flexibility  improved,  percent  of  body  fat 
went  down,  in  many  cases  drastically,  strength  improved,  and  most  important 
their  cardio-vasicular  fitness  significantly  improved. 

The  Aerobic  Program  used  was  a  tremendous  success.  The  participates  enjoyed 
the  program  and  showed  great  enthusiasiasm. 

The  use  of  the  Aerobic  Fitness  program  has  started  the  department  toward  a 
successful  fitness  program. 


Instructors-  Sergeant  Bob  3rown 
Ranger  John  Thomas 


205 


PHYSICAL  FITNESS  TEST  WEEK  I 


NAME 

BLOOD 

RESTING 

%  OF 

FLEXIBILITY 

PUSH 

SIT 

1  MILE 

OVER  ALL 

PRESSURE 

HEART 
RATE 

BODY  FAT 

UPS 

UPS 

RUN 

FITNESS 
LEVEL 

Bennie  Cochran 

138/78 

80 

19.9 

16 

38 

26 

11:12 

POOR 

Mickey  Elrod 

142/84 

74 

14 

211 

49 

33 

9:30 

GOOD 

Wade  Fulford 

140/78 

84 

25.1 

16 

30 

24 

10:23 

POOR 

Eddie  Henderson 

136/74 

76 

9.0 

21 

27 

29 

8:47 

GOOD 

John  Pickett 

140/74 

72 

21.9 

201 

44 

45 

7:26 

GOOD 

Butch  Potter 

136/76 

88 

16.2 

201 

25 

25 

10:23 

POOR 

Blaine  Samples 

138/78 

80 

13.8 

201 

39 

31 

8:10 

GOOD 

Gary  Simmons 

138/70 

80 

15.2 

23 

27 

31 

9:10 

POOR 

Gregory  Varnadoe 

136/78 

72 

6.8 

2U 

58 

52 

7:07 

EXCELLENT 

Neal  Niblett 

136/76 

68 

20.5 

20 

35 

29 

9:55 

POOR 

Hal  Clubb 

136/74 

72 

13.7 

16 

38 

39 

10:03 

GOOD 

Mike  Crook 

138/78 

68 

9.7 

201 

33 

33 

7:49 

GOOD 

Marty  Flemming 

140/78 

68 

11.5 

171 

40 

35 

7:52 

GOOD 

Adren  Higgs 

140/82 

100 

36.2 

201 

35 

18 

12:10 

POOR 

Lee  Moon 

136/68 

100 

12.4 

19 

15 

27 

9:08 

POOR 

Tom  Bilderback 

138/76 

88 

17.3 

171 

20 

17 

10:43 

POOR 

George  Dooley 

140/78 

64 

31.8 

16 

16 

25 

10:18 

POOR 

Jim  Evans 

116/70 

76 

7.5 

241 

80 

31 

8:46 

GOOD 

Lawton  Massingill 

138/78 

76 

15.0 

19 

34 

30 

9:06 

GOOD 

Paul  Williamson 

140/74 

100 

11.6 

171 

18 

22 

13:07 

POOR 

John  Thomas 

138/76 

48 

?.4 

241 

42 

43 

7:07 

GOOD 

206 


PHYSICAL 

FITNESS 
WEEK  8 

TEST 

BLOOD 

RESTING 

%  OF 

FLEXIBILITY 

PUSH 

SIT 

1 

OVERALL 

NAME 

PRESSURE 

HEART 
RATE 

BODY 
FAT 

UPS 

UPS 

MILE 
RUN 

FITNESS 
LEVEL 

Bennie  Cochran 

115/70 

63 

12.4 

24 

42 

47 

7:59 

GOOD 

Mickey  Elrod 

126/70 

63 

8.5 

231 

65 

55 

7:24 

EXCELL^ 

Wade  Fulford 

130/76 

65 

16.4 

20 

42 

40 

7:55 

GOOD 

Eddie  Henderson 

132/78 

65 

7.1 

221 

41 

42 

7:36 

GOOD* 

Preston  Pickett 

132/74 

66 

12.5 

24! 

55 

53 

6:30 

EXCELLEN 

Butch  Potter 

138/70 

70 

10.9 

201 

43 

41 

8:25 

GOOD 

Blaine  Samples 

138/76 

64 

11.2 

23 

48 

35 

7:29 

GOOD 

]ary  Simmons 

128/78 

63 

12.6 

25 

33 

36 

7:39 

GOOD 

]reg  Varnadoe 

132/76 

61 

3.9 

22! 

64 

60 

6:22 

EXCELLEN 

teal  Niblett 

140/84 

67 

12.9 

17! 

46 

50 

7:56 

GOOD 

lal  Clubb 

115/68 

65 

10.5 

20 1 

48 

45 

9:00 

G00D+ 

like  Crook 

120/70 

61 

6.8 

22! 

50 

40 

7:40 

EXCELLEN 

larty  Fleming 

132/78 

70 

9.7 

20 

43 

42 

7:16 

GOOD 

tdren  Higgs 

138/70 

72 

17.2 

21! 

45 

35 

9:10 

GOOD 

,ee  Moon 

126/70 

74 

11.5 

20 

36 

50 

7:36 

GOOD 

oe  Bilderback 

132/74 

74 

12.0 

21| 

30 

31 

8:32 

GOOD 

eorge  Dooley 

136/76 

63 

16.2 

22. 

40 

30 

8:24 

G00D+ 

i  im  Evans 

132/70 

74 

7.5 

26! 

85 

60 

7:09 

EXCELLEN 

anton  Massingill 

132/78 

64 

14.5 

20 1 

48 

35 

7:22 

GOOD+ 

aul  Williamson 

138/78 

86 

10.7 

19 

35 

42 

9:29 

GOOD 

1  ohn  Thomas 

136/74 

49 

8.1 

24 

48 

45 

6:16 

EXCELLEN 

207 


Acknowledgements 


The  Department  is  indebted  to  the  following  organizations 
and  individuals  for  providing  information,  technical  material,  train- 
ing and  direction.  This  manual  reflects  a  compendium  of  their 
efforts. 

Institute  for  Aerobics  Research 

Dallas,  Texas 

Kenneth  H.  Cooper,  M.D.,  M.P.H. 

President 

Human  Performance  Laboratory 
University  of  Montana 
Brian  J.  Sharkey,  PhD 
Director 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture 

Forest  Service  Equipment  Development  Center 

Missoula,  Montana 

International  Association  of  Chiefs  of  Police 
Physical  Fitness  Manual  for  Police  Administators 
Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration 

Georgia  State  Patrol 

Health  and  Physical  Fitness 

Lt.  John  E.  Hammock,  Program  Director 


208 


Selected  Reference  Book  List 


• 


* 


A.  Blakesley  &  Stamler,  W\.D.;Your  Heart  Has  9  Lives;  Pocket 
Books,  Inc.,  N.Y.;  1966;  278  pgs $   .75 

W.  J.  Bowerman  &  W.E.  Harris,  M.D.;  Jogging;  Grosset  &  Dunlap; 
1967;  127  pgs $1.00 

Kenneth  Cooper,  M.D.;  The  New  Aerobics;  Bantam  Book;  1970; 
191  pgs $1.25 

Dr.  Hans  Goldsmith;  It's  Square  to  be  Round;  Price-Sloan-Stern 
Publishers,  Inc.;  1967 $1 .95 

Grant  Gwinup,  M.D.;  Energetics;  Bantam  Books  $1 .00 

F.W.  Kasch,  Ed. D  and  John  L.  Boyer,  M.D.;  Adult  Fitness;  National 
Press  Books,  850  Hansen  Way,  Palo  Alto,  Ca.  94304;  1968;  147 
pgs $1 .95 

Hans  Kraus,  M.D.;  Back  Ache-Stress  &  Tension;  Simon  &  Schus- 
ter, N.Y.;  1965;  183  pgs $4.00 

Jean  Mayer,  PhD;  Overweight;  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  Englewood 
Cliffs,  New  Jersey;  1968;  213  pgs $2.45 

Frank  B.  Prentup;  Skipping  the  Rope;  Pruett  Press,  Inc.,  Boulder, 
Colorado  $1 .00 

President's  Council  on  Physical  Fitness  &  Sports;  Adult  Fitness 

Lawrence  E.  Lamb,  M.D.;  Your  Heart  and  How  to  Live  with  It;  The 
Viking  Press;  1969;  247  pgs $5.95 

*Brian  U.  Sharkey,  PhD;  Physiological  Fitness  and  Weight  Control; 
Associated  Student's  Store,  University  of  Montana,  Missoula, 

Montana;  1971;  154  pgs $1.50 

(plus  postage) 


Preferred 

209 


* 


NOTES 


UNIVERSITY  OF  GEORGIA  LIBRARIES 

111  mi  ii  inn  iii  mi  linn  111  ill  mi 


3  ElDfi  DMfi^b  30T7 


X 


tifiKt;  /i;/in